Last Call: Less Taxes With Bonus Depreciation

What’s up folks? Lane here. I’m gonna be talking about bonus depreciation and it going away here in 2022, but don’t worry, it’s not going away until the next few years. It’s just stepping down every single year. So first off, what is bonus depreciation and why should you even care about this thing now?

All right, so for you, those of you guys who know, you know, with rental real estate, one of the main reasons why I like rental real estate is because you can depreciate the asset and create a phantom loss or paper loss, whatever you wanna call it. But you can create these passive losses or pals for short.

P A Ls kind of clever, right? But you can take these pals and these passive losses can offset your passive Inca passive income from what you may say. Well, passive income from rental properties. So like your cash flow that you’re getting from it. Or you know, things you’ve held for a while and you’ve sold it.

Um, in terms of real estate, you know, you can use the losses from other investments to knock it out and not pay any taxes. And this is how I’ve kind of lowered my tax bill quite substantially over the last several years. Um, and this is, I think, the biggest thing that I’ve learned. Why do you wanna do real estate and why do wealthy people do real estate?

You know, for a lot of folks out there, before they even start working with us, they’ve got a high ordinary income or active income, maybe from a day job, or maybe they’re a business owner. But you know, we have a lot of clients that, you know, are maybe dentists or doctors making 600, $7,000 a year.

But that’s all ordinary active income. The problem with that is you can’t use passive activity losses or pals to knock it out because pals are, again, only used to knock out. Passive losses can knock out passive income. So what do we do? Well over time, you know, people work with us. They, you know, they join our network.

They get the connections and the deal flow to, you know, go from high active income or income where they can’t really shield themselves. And where, you know, the IRS is just absolutely destroying you every single year, and we’re moving you away from that to passive income. Why? Because you can use these passive losses to shield you.

From the taxes. And a lot of people who invest a lot in real estate, um, maybe not even more than like a quarter of their portfolio could possibly wipe out their entire tax load, um, from doing it this way. And this is the reason why I don’t invest in crypto or stocks because when you sell that stuff, it.

Consider all ordinary income before I go any further. Of course, I’m not a CPA, a tax attorney, anything like that. But hey, you know, um, I’ve been doing this for quite a while myself, and these are just some things that I personally do and also some of my, uh, colleagues who are also professional passive investors do themselves.

So what is this bonus depreciation thing? Right? So I think so. You guys have maybe owned rental properties before? No. You can write off the property over 27 years as a paper loss or depreciation loss, um, which is great. Just 27 years is a really freaking long time. Um, and this is excluding the land portion.

We’re only talking about the, the, um, property improvement portion that you can depreciate because land is not depreciable cuz it just stays there. But the cool thing about commercial real estate, and when you start to do these things called cost segregations, and we’ll get into what the heck a cost segregation is, is you can do these cost segregations and you can aggressively write off the property a lot faster than that really long 27 year cycle.

A lot of times you can write it off the entire building. Third of it in the first year, which we’ve done on many of our past projects, to create a huge, huge amount of these passive losses that dump on ourselves and passive investors, K one s, and now they can take this huge, huge loss and maybe offset their passive income and some of the people doing rep status.

Which is a little bit more of an event strategy that we kind of help people implement along with their cpa they can use these passive losses to lower their income. We’ve got a great example of that. Come to the next slide and how people are lowering their adjusted gross income from a million dollars maybe to a half a million dollars a delta to 500.

And at 50 cents on every dollar tax savings, that’s a quarter million dollar tax savings right there. But getting back to like this bonus depreciation via a cost, eg, right? So what the heck is the cost? So a cost e.g. is pretty much you pay a geeky engineer like how I was at one time to go out and itemize the entire building.

And if this is all kind of go, get you. It really doesn’t. You pay a guy about five to $10,000 to do this. There’s different ranges, and of course you wanna find a good one and we can kind of help you guys out if you guys need any referrals to this. But the engineer needs to actually go out and visit the property and, you know, take some notes and do their report.

But basically what it is, is this large report where they itemized all the little components of the building from, you know, from roof to plumbing, electrical, concrete, you know, everything. Basically what they’re doing is itemizing all the little components into dollar amounts into different categories, and those categories are five v, seven, 10 year category assets.

Certain things depreciate a lot quicker. Certain things to depreciate have a little bit longer lives than they might be in the 10 year category or more. So again, not really needed from a passive investor’s point of view. Passive investor’s point of view is to understand this stuff on a high level to know who to go get the cost tag or which in syndication to invest in that they’re doing a cost segregation, getting the bonus depreciation, and then be able to communicate.

To your CPA and what the heck to do with all this? Because most of the CPAs we find, or at least from what I see a lot of you guys out there, my clients, 95% of you guys have to change your cpa. Because a lot of CPAs just frankly don’t understand it and it makes sense. That’s why the CPA has a day job. They haven’t figured this stuff out yet.

Right. But hey, you know, maybe not everybody should know this stuff because then who would do our tax returns for us? Right? But anyway. So this Costa gets done, it’s passed off, uh, probably in a nice little PDF or Excel format, whatever. It gets passed off to the cpa, um, that you have and that can be distributed out to, um, yourself or as when we do it, we do a big syndication.

We do this all for our investors. We get the Costa, we pay for it, and then that allows us to pass it to our cpa, who then distributes all the losses, the passive losses to all I. Via the individual K one. So it all comes out at the end of the year on this nice little clean one page, K one document.

And what this does is now each individual past investor, or you know, if you’re doing this on yourself, um, doing it on your own properties, Um, you guys can check out the referral, um, partners at simple passive cash flow.com/coste. By the way, there’s some older videos and education on there if you want to do this all on your own.

But you know, you can go over there and, um, you know, you can do this cost segregation and get all this extra depreciation. Now, coming down here, you know, investors. You know, some of these deals I see, you know, you put in a hundred thousand dollars, you may get a hundred, $120,000 of depreciation losses more than offsetting, you know, maybe you made five, $10,000 a year more than offsetting that, and you’ve got this surplus and.

For those of you investors out there, you really want to have this form called the 85 82 form. Every investor needs to have this. If not, you need to ask your CPA for it. And a little dirty trick is the CPA is never like they give you this stuff because then they know you’ll probably just leave them after that point.

But, You know, I always check my 85 82 form and see how much passive losses I’m floating because that allows me to play strategy and whether I deploy the passive losses and activate it, essentially, you know, keeping it from my storage and using it to lower my AGI that year. Or do I keep it because maybe I’m having a big, uh, capital gain the next year or three, four years from now.

Right? And this is where it gets com complicated and every situation is just a little bit different. And that’s why we tell you guys well. You know, join our organization, you know, a book of free intro call with myself. We can kind of walk through this. Um, I’m not gonna give you any tax illegal advice here, right?

But I’m gonna teach you how this kind of works so you can make the best decisions for yourself. Or at the very least, have an educated conversation with your CPA because, um, you guys need to educate yourself. If not just CPA’s, just gonna do it the easy way, right? You ask most CPAs, how do I save tax?

They’re just gonna give you a bunch of lame stuff like, um, you know, do a 401k, do some pretax, post tax, maybe Roth ira, lame stuff, folks. That stuff is like playing checkers where we play chess. So, moving on. So what’s this bonus appreciation thing, um, going on? So in the following year, um, you know, this is gonna be stepping down.

So from the tax cut and job act, uh, I believe that was maybe around when Trump came into office, he signed in this, uh, nice little, uh, carrot for real estate investors. There was gonna be 100% bonus depreciation, and this is gonna be phasing away starting next year, 2023. Um, where right now in 2022, you get a hundred percent of it.

Next year you get 80% and a year after you get 60%, and then the year after that 40% and the year after that is 20%. So it’s phasing away is. Slowly, right. Not to say that 80% isn’t just as good as a hundred percent, and what I’ll kind of cover is that it’s just, it’s not like you’re getting 20% less.

It’s just for the bonus part. Right, so it’s, you’re still getting the normal, regular depreciation, so it’s not like you’re getting 20% and I don’t know exactly how much, and cuz I haven’t seen it, I haven’t compared my K one s from this year to when? Next year. it’s only 80%. But when I look at cost segregation reports from my own viewpoint and look at the numbers, I really don’t feel like it’s that big of an impact that a lot of people are kind of making their way out to be.

I all kind of feel like it’s a little bit of a scare tactic saying You better invest now, right before it’s a hundred percent before it goes down. Um, if you’re a passive investor and. Number one, your adjusted gross income is not higher than $340,000. Don’t even worry about all this stuff. Right? And I, I think this is a big mistake I see a lot of passive investors making is that they hear about these opponents appreciating passive losses, and they’re great.

But they may not be able to use the damn thing. So again, book a call with us, get to know us. Um, we can dive into your strategy, we can talk specifics, but if you are, again, you’re not a high income earner, this stuff doesn’t really, really pertain to you. It’ll, it only may, uh, mean something later on. But if you’re one of those people like myself who, um, likes to hoard passive losses just for the heck of it, even though I don’t need it, it may not be the best thing.

And you should maybe focus on investing. Better investments, better returns than forwarding passive losses that you may or may not need.

Where does that three $40,000 number come from? Well, these are the tax brackets in 2022, and I think they’re gonna be in inflation and adjusted for next year. So the premise is gonna be the same too. There’s, a lot of my clients who fall right around this red line in terms of income, and that’s why I talk about it a lot.

But also when you look at this, like if you look at. The progressive tax system, you know, most people are paying 22, 20 4%, but there’s a big jump between the 24 to the 32% range and that’s where that, this dotted line where I draw this dotted line where, you know, for a starter strategy for, you know, just somebody listing, you know, just kind of the default.

It probably is a good idea. Uh, above, stay above this line or below the line, however you want to call it. Right? Or keep your adjusted gross income under $340,000. Married, followed jointly. I’ll say that again. Keep your AGI under $340,000 adjusted gross income. Um, if you’re single, uh, it’s a lot lower at $170,000 adjusted gross income.

Now, personally, I’ve kind of taken the strategy where I wanna drive my income down way, way. Um, I use this in conjunction with real estate professional status and also I don’t have very much ordinary income, and if all my income is passive, I can use as much passive losses that I have to offset my passive income.

So if I have a million dollars of passive income and I have a million dollars of losses, I can drive my income down to zero if I wanted to. Right. And that. We’ll save that for your guys’ individual calls, right? If you guys, um, choose to step forward with that and, you know, we, we work with the credit investors here, so, um, if you guys are not a credit investor, maybe check out some of the free content.

Send me an email with some specific questions and we’ll point you where this stuff is in the podcast, on the website. But for, you know, kind of a typical client making say $500,000, you know, What are they gonna do to drop themselves down to three 40? Well, they, that’s a delta of about $160,000 that they need to lower their agi.

So if they can turn, if they can create that passive income to get that and also create the passive losses, they can use the passive losses to drop them down. Um, But if they are somebody who just has, you know, and this is probably you listening right out there, you don’t have any passive income. You only have ordinary income, right?

Ordinary income sucks because you can’t use the passive losses to lower it unless you have real estate professional status. And this is again, where a lot of new investors like this idea of passive losses from real estate. But if you don’t have rep status, It doesn’t do you any good, and it doesn’t really help that you’re hoarding these things too much.

And also, if you’re under, you know, if you’re making less than $300,000 a year, you’re not paying that much taxes as it is. You’re in the 22 or even less tax bracket. It may make sense just to pay the debt taxes, right? Not until your AGI goes up higher. Does it really make sense? Pull these levers again, every situation is different and we give everybody a free introduction, one complimentary conference call with myself because, um, you know, time is important, but I like to help out people.

Um, as this was all new to myself and like when I was, when I graduated college, started working for the man as an engineer in my twenties, the most useless information I got was investing in a 401k. And that’s just crap in my opinion. Sorry if you, that’s all you. But you know, welcome to the simple passive cash flow where we do things Definitely a little bit differently.

But what is this sales tactic that, uh, folks like myself are telling everybody, bonus depreciation is going away. You know, well, it’s, it’s phasing down, right? And you know, like next year it’s gonna go down 80%. But, you know, if you were to think about the bonus depreciation portion is just a portion of all the losses that you get.

There’s. A lot of that, that stuff may not be taken in the first year. And, again, I just don’t think like, it’s, like it’s literally gonna step down 20%. So an example would be maybe you invested a hundred thousand dollars and you got a hundred thousand dollars of passive losses because, you know, the deal is using pretty good leverage and that’s how you’re getting that much capital and equity, um, to contribute to so much of that losses.

So in that, Um, what, what I, what I would say like in the next year when bonus appreciation goes down to 80%, it’s not like you’re gonna get 80%, if it was the same amount of capital contributed the same deal, but in the 2023 instead of 2022, at that point, um, I probably guesstimate that it might be maybe like 10% less than what you got.

Still pretty good, right? Um, you’re just gonna have to invest a little bit more. But you know, at some point this stuff is phasing. And the best time to do this was yesterday. Like, you know, we talked to a lot of our clients about infinite banking, right? And how there was last year there was this big, um, harrah over like the 77 0 4 changes or whatever it was.

But you know, this stuff is never getting better, just like investing, right? The best time to invest was yesterday. But, you know, another thing that these passive losses can do other than just manipulating your adjusted gross income from that year is also. Offsetting capital gains. So capital gains is, you know, when you sell an asset or syndication comes full cycle and you get your money back, and you get your nice returns exactly why you went into an investment for the first place.

Um, you’re gonna get this, uh, hit with these capital gains. And this is straight from my tax form. And back in 2017, I sold, uh, I believe this year I sold six or seven of my little rental properties for a capital gain of, uh, almost $200,000. They’re in line 13, $198,000, right? Oh, crap. Right? That’s a lot of, uh, taxes.

Um, if I’m, if I was in like the $300,000 range, Exploded my AGI up to $500,000. But what I did was I used my passive losses because I was investing in syndication deals prior to this, or maybe in the same year. Um, I was compiling all these passive losses via cost segregation, bonus depreciation, and I was, um, I.

I had a pretty good amount just, um, being suspended is what they call it, suspended passive losses or passive losses that haven’t been executed or used yet. And what I did is I just pulled it down from the cloud in a way, um, and I put it there on line 17 to offset it. Boom. Knocked it out, and then paid no tax.

And this is where a lot of like old school investors, they always talk about this 10 31 idea. Um, 10 31 is just another way to defer, but the problem there is you’re putting all your money from one deal to another and the deals are getting bigger and bigger, which totally violates one of my big things. I tell a lot of my investors, you never want to have more than five to 10% of your net worth into any one.

So old school investors, what they’re gonna do is they’re gonna buy a single family home, 10 31 into a duplex 10 and 31 into a fourplex Aex 16 unit. You know? Then they’ve got all this capital gain and the only way that they can get away from the taxes is die. And the problem with doing it that way is everybody knows when you’re a 10 31 buyer, you’re a sucker.

Right? We love it when people buy our apartments that are 1031 buyers because we know that they are motivated buyers. In fact, they’re so motivated that because if they don’t close the deal in 180 days or whatever, that they have to pay all this taxes to the IRS and to get absolutely killed. Right?

Maybe their four might look like this, but like add another zero here at the app. And this is where this whole new school way of thinking of get rid of that stupid 10 31 exchange and break up your portfolio into many, many deals. Like personally, I think I must be in like 80 or a hundred syndications at this point.

And all my net worth is di like very diversified geographically, different asset classes, different deals. Um, I do a lot of apartments personally and we operate that, but I also go into many, many other asset classes that are a little bit diversified on how it’s correlated with the economy, right? We never wanna know what’s gonna happen with the economy and we never know how it impacts anyone.

Asset class sector. So well, from a tax perspective, what this is doing for me is it’s allowing me, you know, these deals that I’m in, they may cash out and gimme a huge gain, which is good. The bad part is you’re gonna get the capital gains and depreciation recapture. But if I break this up so much, And I keep a certain level of passive activity losses on the 85 82 form.

Then at some point I’ve created this Nirvana world where, you know, if I’m in a hundred deals and 10 of ’em cash out, it gives me a whole bunch of money. You know, my passive loss, suspended passive losses, maybe a million or $2 million. But it may go down to 800, but then when I invest, reinvest the money, it’ll go way back up and it just keeps going up and up and up.

And this is kind of the concept of passive loss nirvana. And you really never pay taxes just like you were with a 10 31. But with a 10 31, everything is pegged on one asset, right? Again, not diversified. Um, Just a different concept, right? Like if you’ve been, think you’ve been kind of beat to death by the 10 31 guy or the salesman selling it, you know, you probably think it’s the best thing.

It’s one alternative. And to me, um, a lot of these, what I try and do, and I try things, make, make things very simple, especially for the people in our ecosystem, right? Like, there’s so many things out there financially, but for high net worth, high paid, professional, professional investors, passive, I. Things are very simple and when it comes to deferring taxes, you know, other than you know, the Section 1 21 where you only have $500,000 in your primary residence in opportunity zones, which is something very different to cover, maybe in another video, but.

The only other options you have is deferring it right? And a 10 31 is just one way you’re deferring your taxes, whereas doing it this kind of chopped up method into diversified many deals with bonus depreciation is so much more of a superior strategy. Um, 10 31 is just a tool, right? And it’s all tools.

You only use the tools in the ripe situation, in my opinion, my humble opinion, because apparently I’m not a financial planner, right? I can’t sell you garbage commission products like they can. Um, a ten one exchange is used in certain situations where you have a highly, highly appreciated asset. You know, so for example, like say a, a guy has a business that he started like a dentist franchise for 50 grand and you know, 30 years later it’s now worth 10 million and now you’re looking at a $10 million capital gain that you made 10 31 into something like kind.

But in that, in that situation, I may probably consider more of a monetized installment. So which is more superior to 10 to one exchange, but either. Like before you got to that point, you should have took the money out and invested in a syndication deal, started to compile your 85, 82 form padded with passive losses.

So when this fateful day comes, and it does always come, um, you have these passive losses to as a, as kind of like a pill to sell the asset and offset that. And then if you come short, maybe there’s some other advanced strategies like land conservation easement. Uh, oil and gas deals, uh, what’s in an op, the combo with opportunity zone and your rep status.

Um, you know that there’s a myriad of different ways, and at that point, if it’s that huge of a, uh, capital gain of over a million dollars, $2 million, then yeah, maybe you would need to do a myriad of different things. But if you’re. Average investor and you bought a rental property for a hundred grand and it went up by a few hundred thousand dollars capital gain.

Dude, that’s not that much capital gain. You should be able to invest, you know, several hundred thousand dollars or at least, you know, refinance and get that money out and invest it. And then you should get, you should be able to pick up, you know, a few hundred thousand dollars at least a passive loss is pretty dang easily.

If you don’t know how to do that, you need to get around other passive investors that are accredited and figure out how to do it, because this is, I mean, taxes are your number one expense in life. But anyway, that’s then on my spiel folks. If you guys like this video, Please leave a comment below or ask any questions.

If you guys have any specific questions, send it to the team at simplepassivecashflow.com. If you’d like to hear more and enter into our free e-course. To learn more about this stuff in a more curated form, um, you guys can join the club at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Thanks.

Coaching Call With Eric | $1M Net Worth + HELOC and Passive Losses Education

What’s up simple pass cash flow! Now, today we have yet another coaching call since you guys love this. And apparently some of you guys like to pick up these free calls. I also put this all in our member site, which you guys can get free access at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. You’ve gotta go into the portal, but we arrange all these coaching calls.

And I’ve, I haven’t looked at it lately, but I’m pretty sure we have at least two or three dozen of all these calls all conveniently arranged by net worth. Eric’s call today. He’s about a million dollars in net worth. And say if you’re a million and a half, you scroll it down to there, you skip over all the broken guys, non accredited guys, and you go right there and you see what’s happening.

There’s calls that are guys, being doing two and 5 million and even plus. I’ve always said that this financial independence journey it’s, you’re not no special snowflake. And this is why I’ve developed the ability to read people and read their personal financial sheets kind of point people.

Down this path. And it’s nothing that hard. That’s why we call it simple, passive, casual.com. But the hardest part is the people. And if we are about filled up with this Napa tour and depending on when this goes out, I don’t know if we are, but if you are still interested in jumping on that, Napa valley tour or drink a bunch of wine.

You interact with a bunch of credit investors. Go to simple passive cash flow.com/napa. The next event that will be the week after in Huntsville, Alabama, October 6th and seventh, and that is going to be a party. Thursday evening, the sixth, and then the next day Friday, we’re gonna start, probably start around 10:00 AM and drive through all the assets and try and walk through as many apartments that we own in Huntsville.

What we can, and we will wanna do is give you guys a lot of data points. See what different locations are, different asset classes. We’ve got a bunch of C class apartments. We’ve even got some B plus stuff there too. And then of course, the class apartments that we’ve built there at Chase Creek apartments, which is the party on Thursday.

But check out you guys can sign up for that. Just go to simple passive cash flow.com/events. That’s the living page. For all our in person events and also check out the January, 2023 annual retreat. We’ve got the page up. The itinerary is still in flux as I always use the month of October, November to pull my inner inner circle.

What did we wanna be talking about that year? And the truth is I don’t really put a huge amount of effort into the itinerary. What I definitely don’t have is a bunch of bring in a bunch of stupid speakers that are just trying to sell their product and fake gurus. I don’t do that.

And the reason why I don’t do that is because we have the most high quality group of people coming to you guys. And when you have that, we just put the table topics out there. We put you guys on, round tables of six and eight and you guys interact and build relationships. And that’s what it is about being a passive investor.

Do you guys want to get involved in this and be new to the group? The first step is signing up for the club at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. There you’re gonna get access to all these coaching calls that we have here. It’s gonna be organized by net worth. That’s one of the many pieces of content in that inner circle portal. Again, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and we will see you at one of the events. Enjoy the show.

Hey, simple past six Castro listeners today, we have a coaching call. I know you guys really like these things cause you go to work and you are sitting there and you’re like, Hey, this guy, Eric, he’s just like me or he’s just a little bit behind me. And he’s just looking for me. The truth is that y’all are driving in your Teslas.

You are not special people. They’re all just, there’s only seven different profiles. I don’t know if it’s really seven, but we’re all the same, right? Work hard. We study hard, we go get a job and work at the job for 40-50 years, all of this normal financial planning type of stuff. But then we break off and do this alternative investing.

And we’re going to meet Eric today. Who’s volunteered to tell a little bit about his story and then hopefully it’s useful to you. Maybe there’s something, some goals that are aligned and next steps moving forward. Eric, why don’t you paint a picture for folks, a little, some of those about yourself and yeah, we’ll get through this.

Cool, cool. Thanks for having me. So I’m just a regular old guy, a small business operator entrepreneur. I have a wife and three little kids and I just moved from San Diego to Pennsylvania. I have been an entrepreneur starting service-based businesses. And about four years ago I left and created a digital marketing agency to serve my niche that I’d been operating in.

And I thought that actually through COVID I got introduced to a couple of people that were into real estate and I had some free time cause I couldn’t do anything in COVID. So he started playing golf with a couple of real estate investors. And they put me on too. That world and it altered what I was interested in professionally and personally earlier.

Yeah. Success leaves clues, if these guys golf, whenever they want in this real estate thing, it’s time to start Googling. Huh? That’s exactly right. Your spouse works or is interesting that you’d ask. We used to work together. We’d actually started a couple of companies together, but with each kid she started to work a little bit less.

So now she doesn’t. Okay. What is, this is actually a great question because I want to make her a real estate professional, right? So this is her earning potential a lot more or very similar to yours. I would say it’s comparable in terms of how she could start something and we could start something together.

She’s not like in a trade; she’s a licensed professional, a doctor, and a lawyer , where she’d got to get a W2 gig for 250 K. But she’s hardworking and smart, so we can start something. And both of you guys are untraditional in terms of income generation, your small business owners, not just working stiffs at a date at a W2, maybe.

Yeah. To be honest, I pulled her into the entrepreneurial world. She probably would have been her risk profile is not that of, entrepreneur necessarily. She had been running, she’d been a teacher and then moved on to other kind of organizational kind of jobs running programming stuff.

Okay we’ll get back to that real estate professional thing at the end here, but just to paint a picture, if you guys are checking this out in the podcast, make sure you go to the YouTube channel where we have the entire financial sheet up. So we’re looking at this, but we’ll paint the picture for the podcast listeners, but we are approximately worth of over a one minute.

It’s in the bottom of that summary. It’s around it’s if you scroll up there is the edit and then put the label there it’s 9 66, 19 62. So essentially close enough for government work, $1 million net worth. And then approximately how old are you guys? I’m a couple of years shy of 40 and my wife’s a couple over.

All right. So how about we. Paint the picture. What do you have now? Cause you haven’t really made too many changes, right? The mindset has shifted maybe take us through like you start Googling stuff to continue that story. So the guy was golfing, it does does seconds and is in the note world kind of that seems pretty far out there for me.

Buying distressed seconds seemed like not the first best move for me, although it’s interesting. But basically he put me on a ton of books and eventually the Googling led me to you. And really the whole idea that he was pitching was don’t ever sell the homes, just move on and keep them and rent them out and so I drank the Kool-Aid. There, as I understand, everybody needs to get their first door before they become, fully drink this syndication Kool-Aid.

So I, we moved out of our San Diego house, like con turned it into a rental and it cash flows nicely and they’re paying down the mortgage for us, which is great. Because of the jump in home prices I with COVID, I kinda, I’m getting to the $500,000 tax-free threshold sooner than I thought I would, even a year ago. So we bought it at 7 25 and lived in it for the last five years and we just moved out six months ago and I’m getting close.

And it, that was my whole idea. I was like, at the very least I’ll hold onto it for three more years and I could sell it then and not pay taxes and all of those gains. So I was really excited about that once I discovered that. So that’s the reason why we held onto it. So you bought it for 700.

What is it worth today? 1.2 and change. I think you might want to double check with a CPA on that. I don’t, like I tell everybody I’m not a CPA, I’m not giving a tax legal advice, but I think it’s as long as you live in the past two, out of five years. Exactly. So I was thinking and I’ve just spoke with my CPA about this.

He’s yeah, you that’s. But, so if you’ve lived in it for two of the last five years, so I could sell it, two and a half years from now, and I would meet that. Yeah. And you think we probably had this conversation last time or the San Diego rental it’s cash flowing, but that’s what the, the new say, right?

Like what you really need to be looking at is. What about six, $700,000 debt equity and this thing making Jack, exactly. So this is exactly what you told me last time. We haven’t changed those people in the past. No. I have a look if you go back to the summary tab though for basically one of the things that had changed.

Cause I’d I was just about to sell my house just about to move and buy the house that I moved to when we spoke. So you messed me up. I went back to my wife, I think maybe your final eh, are you sure man? And I’m like, yeah man, no. I saw the light lane. I understood that your point was there’s equity being wasted in this environment for me now, for the next while I hold onto the house.

So I got the home equity line of credit against that equity. So I have 140 K in a line of credit. I haven’t moved it because I only got a month ago. And so that’s currently undeployed and it’s better than it sitting in the house, but so that’s one of the things I’m figuring out what to do with that.

Cause I got this crazy what an intro of promo promotional rate of 0.9% for the first time. On that one 40, so I’ve got the house, that’s the rental. So I’ve got equity sitting there about five and a half, 500, 5 50 of equity sitting there. I can pull one 40 out and deploy it, perhaps in a syndication Brabson notes and their hips in crypto, whatever the banana, whatever is going to work for the next two, three years.

Did you, do you have any other, like non-equity non real estate equity, non retirement funds that you can deploy first? Because that’s usually the order it’s like investor cash. Then you either go after your rates, your retirement accounts or your equity in your rent, social circle. Yeah. I I’ve got 20 grand, that’s a throne I’ve been playing with crypto.

But other than that, There’s no like side reserves that isn’t deployed elsewhere, to, to buy the second house. They pulled everything out. Got it. And because you’re a small business owner, I’ll just always ask such question. Do you need like cash reserves, dry powder? Are you in very capital intensive lineup?

Th this is the beauty of digital marketing. I have an 80% margin on the software I sell. I’m a really lean in terms of business expenses. So I basically, the business exists for me to pull money out in the best tax advantage ways. Perfect. Essentially, you’re a salesman for somebody else’s product.

It’s a combination of, I sell the right software to the whatever client, and then I stick around as a consultant to make sure that they use it to the best of their ability and so suits their needs. And that way I can go hide and they keep paying me that a subscription fee, like an annuity. And I check in on once a year.

Yeah. It’s simple. Passive cash flow. That’s basically it’s basically. Yeah. Except I’m selling somebody else’s doors. Some folks just going to their day job, checking in, checking a few emails, just sitting there, listening to Spotify, whatever you guys do, but okay. So like it’s not like you have to dump money into paid advertising or you got staff really you don’t need much of an emergency savings account.

And I say that because I always like, am surprised, like some people who have just normal jobs for the like secure jobs too. And they’re like, I need six months of expenses. It’s relax, man. First of all, you’re not going to like wine and dine and live like how you are if you lost your job. So your expenses are gonna go like the path to a third of what it is.

And secondly, you’re going to find a job, man. If you guys make it more than a hundred grand a year, there’s a job market out there. It just got to dust off the resume. Get out there. Yeah. This might sound naive, but I’ve always made my own jobs, not got them. So I’m not so worried about having, this war chest of cash in case of yeah.

Yeah. It just, most people, they have salaries, where they’re like that T-Rex to get fit, fed a goat on a street, it can be scary. If you’re holding onto the side of the pool with that paycheck, that steady paycheck, it can be very scary to think that if you lost that job, literally out on your own, we’re a lot of business owners such as yourself.

You’re like, yeah. Did that every day. Yeah. This is the first, I think when I, the first time I started out by myself, somebody told me that you’re now living in an eat what you kill environment and that’s terrifying, but also really. Yeah, because some people getting off subject a little bit you know what I’ve always thought is like, there’s a lot of incredibly smart people with high paying jobs and salaries that are still holding onto the side of the pool and still being spoon fed Raca lambs on the string.

If they would jump into your world and start to hunt their own food data, actually be pretty damn good at it, but they just never get the chance to test out their skills. Yeah. This is there’s a, there’s actually a group of 40 to 60 year olds that are low key resentful about the entrepreneurship wave that has fallen in the last 20 years because prior to Kevin kids in college, they would have loved to join the startup and been a Gary V Devonte and been part of that culture.

But they miss the social window. Yeah. Once you have kids, as over give them everything, man, and I’m just kidding. They’re great on, and they’re great. They’re great in itself, but yeah, for venturing out on your own and seeing how far you get it it’s different. If you don’t, the thing is you don’t really need to make that much money.

If you follow the simple passive cashflow system, really. There’s really no reason to make more than two 50 a year. Also this is actually why I came back. I answered the call to that kind of coaching call the email that you sent out because my, the industries that I serve from my business have bounced back after COVID.

I’m having a benchmark year. So 20, 22 will be great for me. So I’m anticipating a 20, 22 tax return where I’m going to have business profit beyond what I’ve had previously. So I’m starting to get more interested in, how can I map out losses over the next 10 years? And yeah, this is for everybody, right?

If you have a lot of income, you got a big inheritance or you’re broke and you lost your job that’s for everybody. So yeah, let’s so let’s dig into here. What is your plan to do with the money from, I guess it’ll probably be come from that rental, right? When you take tap the hilar a little bit, what’s your first move and let’s talk about it.

So one of the things I want to save, I’m going to reserve 50 for a syndication, I think, for Sunbelt apartment. And the only question is if I can basically map out selling the rental in two years and having those untaxed gains cover pay at payback, the hilar, obviously, and then redeploy those gains.

So I can get into this three to five year cycle of, the buying and selling of the apartments. Yeah. Did you ever look into doing the little rental properties, the turn keys, that type of stuff, just to dip your toe in and learn that. It’s cool that you have a rental property in San Diego.

Now you have a property management property manager running that for you. I have some no. I have a neighbor who’s a really smart woman that stopped working as her kids. Her kids took our time. And so she’s basically across the street property manager.

So I manage the relationship with the tenants, she’s there to go inspect the light bulb if I need it. Got it. Cool. Learning a lot, to the exterior. Running tenants checks through through the Zillow application medical, there’s one, one rental. I’m like how hard could this be?

And it was like too easy to be honest. Yeah. It’s not rocket science, you don’t need to be a big ingenious. If anything, I had Zillow applicants showing their credit profiles and tax records and I was like, oh my gosh, these people make so much more money than me.

And they want to rent my house. No, no kidding. I obviously can’t really disclose, but I had a doctor that was like, he was, he paid more in taxes than my, my AGI or my pre-tax income. It was like it was insane, but that was also the timing of, COVID and kind of housing and migration being all crazy.

So I know it’s not going to last forever the months where things, bigger things break and it’s a downer, you’ve had that. Yeah. It’s like the day he moved in the garage door, the rent. And I knew it was going to happen and I had the vendor lined up and I’ve got all my vendors and expenses tracked my in my I have a whole air table base for the rental.

But so it’s not like I don’t get excited when he texts me, I wake up to a text and he’s by the way, the ice machine is making a noise. It’s I don’t, it’s a nice place. It’s not like a, it’s not like a shabby. It’s actually harder. I think sometimes it worked with those class, a tenants, then the class BS and CS different set of problems.

Those are more like, Hey, I don’t have the money. Now he was trying to negotiate. Can you get it 10 days? And you get into 14 days, when can you get it to us? W with my tenant, it has been totally the class, a problems of Hey the roller on the blinds is broken. Do you think you can get the handyman to come fix it?

And I’m like, oh my gosh, did you try putting it back together with the clips that probably fell off? It’s then again, he’s I’m paying you so much money a month on this rental. Can you just fix it, man, a bit bitter class, a tenants I’m learning have their own set of issues.

But so I’m not and I know I’m a builder, not a worrier, like I’m way better at creating things than keeping being worried about them. I don’t, I’m probably not good enough at losing sleep about what’s going on in San Diego. And I just eh, it’s fine. And it’s great until there’s a problem.

Yeah. Your time as a small business owner is to spend your time on making more money than just screw. like gating class eight tenants or I’m prospecting. Not checking on him. So you’re going into syndications. Any questions that pop up there that you’ve have, or so what the big, the thing that I find that nobody really wants to talk to me about, I called my accountant and the bookkeeper and like my business people the nobody’s really in this world, it’s like how to map out losses that you can take loss, suspended losses when to, basically like this.

I want my a 10 year view. I like a little, like an extended proforma of okay, I’m gonna put 50 into a real estate investment every three years, every two years, and spread out the losses and offset them. There isn’t really a good. Person, like all the tax people are like, don’t talk to somebody else about that.

And all the real estate people are like, talk to your tax first. Yeah. Let’s go through that. Right now. Like I think the problem is if they’re smart, they stay away from this stuff, like a 10 foot bowl and they don’t know what kind of deals you’re going into. They don’t know what the leverage they don’t know like the cost segregation, they don’t know any of this type of stuff.

So for their point of view makes total sense why they would run away from it. And plus they’re broke. They don’t have money in these deals in the first place. So how are you going to ask them? There’s just it’s like talking to the massive scientists about like Saturn or Mars, like dude, have you ever been there?

That, it’s just in our textbooks. I don’t know. I’m the telescope guy. Yeah. Yeah. I might be wrong there, but okay. Let’s make this a let’s call it twenty twenty two, twenty twenty three, twenty twenty four, twenty five twenty six. And let’s just say you let’s just say you dumped a hundred grand into a deal and for art, for there’s people are gonna say it’s just big ranges.

Well based online experience of what I’ve seen in a stabilize, an older property, 30, 40 years old with a prudent, almost maxed out leverage because that’s a big thing, right? Because it’s your equity, with a hundred thousand dollar investment, then maybe you might see 50 grand back as versus a year losses because what this is coming out.

Is let’s just say UN, this is actually a good strategy for some folks that live in high price areas that have a lot of money to blow. Let’s just say you bought a $3 million house in San Diego. Okay. And out of that, it’s broken up by the land portion, which you cannot deduct and the improvement, the portion, which is the house.

So the, you can deduct the, not the land, but the improvement portion. And I’m just gonna use, I think the land is worth maybe two thirds of these high price areas like California in Texas and Alabama. It’s flip-flop right. Two thirds is improvement. One third is the land. I just asked my San Diego, my accountant button, San Diego, he said 25%.

So I asked him how much I could write off of the house for, I asked him if I need to do cost segregation, because I know I’m only going to sell the house in the next three years. Is it worth it? Yeah. It was like, no, cause you can only take 25 grand. So you’re going to be beyond that no matter what.

But he said it was 25% was the land. Okay. Let’s do a third. Yeah. So you can take with current bonus depreciation laws that are supposedly phasing away, 20 22, 23, 24. So 2024 is still pretty damn good. In my opinion, you can take up to a third of this number in the first year. So 33 grand.

And this is just on like your house, right? This is one little example. I would imagine the next year it might be like conservative speaking. It’d be like 50 to a hundred every year for the next circle on here would be the way I’ve seen it happen on that one house. If you were to do. But getting back to this indications.

Again, I’ve seen deals. If you put in a hundred grand, I’ve seen them come back with a hundred grand plus of losses because maybe you have high our leverage. I don’t know. Just more backs. There’s so many, there’s four or five different KPIs. What time of year you do the cost day that the aggressive enough of the cost, their breasted necessarily the CPA, very many different ways.

I would think you might see, 10,000 of the losses year till whenever, but then you would sell, let’s just say you sell the acid in 20, 27. On your a hundred thousand dollars, maybe you may 50 grand on that money, right? Yeah. I don’t think it’s that rate of return that you made $50,000 of capital gains.

Plus you gotta pay back all this stuff. Okay, so you got, you’re going to hit get hit with this taxable gain. Okay. But those you’re saying that’s that row there of the 50, I thought that was last year you’re saying, yeah, these are a lot, these are losses. But when you sell the asset, you exit the asset, you got to do depreciation recapture.

Oh, you gotta recapture that. Yeah. So that’s thinking all this green stuff and paying it back again. So getting stuck with a bill in 20, 27 is what I want to avoid. But that’s how it works if you’re looking at the world by optically, but what’s really going to happen is this, you’re probably going to go into a bunch of deals.

I would assume that maybe the first several years you do that. So if I had a hundred, but even if it’s just 50, if it’s 50 a year, let’s use hundreds, it’s easy and you’re a baller now you’re credit.

So let’s just say you, every year you did a couple of deals, right? And this particular year in your 2027, you have to pay this back. But look at all the losses you got in the meantime, you have this plus this plus this plus this, your banker on the half, a billion dollars past losses. So how did the, and these interact just perfectly with the sale, but th the timing of like for you and in simple passive cashflow, are you lining up the sale?

Thinking about the deals that are going to be in this sort of wave behind it to offset? No I could care less. What’s happening with your individual investors? What’s going on, then this is your job. Like every deal is a different venture, right? Whatever is on your personal taxes, that’s your job, my friend.

That’s the part that scares me though. Walk me through this. What is scary? What is the concern? Th the sort of the lack of control and the timing like first of all, dude, you made a lot of money here. You gotta pay taxes on it, period, but here’s, what’s going to happen, right?

Like when this thing dumps, you gotta pay back the capital gains, the patient should capture, which also you have to do any. With real estate, you’re able to compile these losses to offset this completely. Yeah. And here’s the cool part. What are you going to do after this deal dumps out? You’re probably going to go into war, but more with $150,000.

And then, this is going to be 75. Yeah. It like, it just gets better. So what did I say? This I’m like, here’s the total of passive activity losses, that you’re accumulating. Would we say around four 50 here in this year, maybe it drops down to 300, right? Because you had this happen.

No, but because you’re getting this big, you’re jumping into the fun house again. You’re getting even more that you began with in a way, because you’re going into kind of two deals with this money. See, this is the epiphany. I think a lot of people get that. You’re having boss being now where you’re like, oh, I never really come back to her.

It just keeps getting bigger and bigger and bigger. I can oddly do this till I die. If they don’t change the depreciation tax laws. Of course, that’s always a risk. But look what you did. You delayed all these taxes for at least several years. That’s a lot better than what most people do it.

That’s why your friends, even though they’re doing notes, which I don’t think is a great investment strategy for taxes. That’s why they’re at the golf course. Yeah. But so when and how does this end does it. You can keep doing this for a long time. It ends when you define it to end, like when we get to end game strategy, it’s call it, so I defined that as four to $5 million net worth. So you can just stop putting your money into value, add real estate projects, just put it in the normal crap that everybody else does at one to 5%, that’s that’s one option. Got it. So this is the, you gotta feed the beast, but then you got, I think that’s the sort of and I go out into chaos willingly like this.

So this is why I’m here hearing. This is exciting to me. You see this is that leap, right? I think this is Tiffany right here. This whole thing about you got to pay back the texts, but Hey, I did beat the boy that money and I got more passive losses to add to my. So you’re never actually paying, right?

Like you’re giving at the end of that first deal, I gave you 50, you’re giving me back one 40. But now I owe taxes on that one 40 on that one 40, but the gains only the gains only 40. Oh yeah. On this, in a scenario, I would say the gains probably are a lot higher than any allergy.

The cash right on, I’m going to have to say I’m paying taxes on this 40. And so not if you were somebody who just, I just invested in one deal and I watched her for five years. Yes you are. Correct. But I don’t know what the heck does that you had going on. You’re going to go on the multiple deals, stockpile, this passive activity, and so you want to suspend, you want to suspend because you can suspend that. Let’s just say you didn’t do a deal until 20, 24 or like we delayed it. You can suspend that passive activity loss and save it. Correct. Suspended. It’s you’re about my age. You don’t really walk though. Like chocolate bar up in the sky, suspended up in there.

You don’t have to eat it yet. It just stays there until you need it until this happened. You need it. But then you’d load that into another deal or two deals and you ended up with even more suspended chocolate bars. Yeah. Yeah. I totally get this conceptually, but because it’s new. And I can’t answer the questions for my wife about what’s going to happen in the future.

I’ll just say like maybe this will help. Here’s an example that I had, like I bought, I think I bought these in 2015, 2006 okay. So I bought a bunch of rental properties a long time ago, 2015. And I sold them, I think in 2017 or 18. And I had a $200,000 capital gain plus depreciation recapture.

So this is, I was like, oh shoot, I have to pay that. When you say capital gain plus depreciation recapture, that means you’re paying that 50 that you put in there. So you said you had 200. Gains and 50 K of recapture that you have to cover up in terms of your taxes. I don’t remember how, what was the breakdown between, but it doesn’t matter.

I had a $200,000 capital gain depreciation recapture. Okay. So two things I might’ve made a hundred grand and I recapture one 50 to get two 50. Let’s just call it that. But I had, because I was doing all this type of stuff. So the years prior, I think by the time it’s 2017, 18, I had maybe about $400,000 of passive activity losses built up.

Let’s just call it four 50. So what did I do? I use this, I took the suspended passive losses and he used to offset the passive income to appreciate recapture. I didn’t pay any taxes that you’re on any of that type of stuff. But then I took all this. And I just went ham and went into art deals. And then, so this went down. I don’t exactly, this has all happened, but conceptionally, that’s a robot. I’m not a tax guy. This is where you’re going to have to go to your tax and have these educated conversations with that’s your job. People think that I’m giving tax advice here. This is infotainment.

Yeah, exactly. So four 50 minus two 50 is what? 200. They went down to 200, I get a little afraid when it gets that first year that, that lower high, that low. Yeah. But then I went into more deals and I’m back up on back, how do people track this though? I think the form is your 82, 84. A lot of this information is on simple, passive cashflow.com/tax.

The guy, the master guide that we have with all this stuff, that age 84 form that’s Chicky, because a lot of CPAs don’t like to give that to you because they know you’re shopping for a new CPA. There’s a lot of the backpack relations, not on the page, but in the software that you won’t have. Yes. This is why you have to know it ahead of you.

You have to know it for yeah. And this is why we have the K one tracker sheet to keep track of all this type of stuff. Like how much passive losses do I have this year? Did I get the previous years? So you and your head can be, plus, or minus 20, 30% at least, and follow it and say, Hey, Mr. CPA, where did you put this big 400 grand of passive losses?

I think I should have you didn’t burn it up. Did you, or maybe you should have, my, my CPA, he drives my income down to the. Even though I’m maybe you should keep some of this stuff, for some of these deals to exit, but his argument was like you’re probably better off.

You can make more money in the two years of not paying taxes on it. And we’ll just worry about that day when it comes. You only live once. This is but this is the contradiction with these two. This is like the re your relationship with the future in the sort of in this formulas has to be so open because yeah, you’re banking that you’re going to have more cash to keep this game going and that, but it’s not a game.

You’re going to have to pay taxes anyway. You’re just delaying it a little bit. Worst case scenario, you gotta pay your taxes, but in theory, you could keep this going for a, to do your DVD on time. Yeah. That’s the. Like people will do land conservation easements, even though it’s like a red flag type of thing.

And a lot of people do it and it works. But even if it doesn’t work and it gets audited and it gets audited every time, even if they say, no, this is totally negated, you don’t get any of that. At least you didn’t pay the taxes for that period of time. And at least they, they wouldn’t really, at least what, my, my context tell me is they’re not gonna lower the evaluation all the way down to zero.

Like you get no benefit to it. Yeah. Yeah. And at worst it’s a free loan until you have to pay back. Yeah. It’s not that hard. I think that’s Toronto trying to, de-mystify just a bunch of colors on a spreadsheet. You get a plus or minus 20% on each deal. You know what I mean? I think what’s the hard thing is it’s conceptual right now, but once you get into it gets a lot easier and you understand that it’s, you’re a smart guy.

You’ll figure this out, but the problem is most CPAs want to stay the heck away from this type of stuff. Cause it’s a guessing game. It’s just like me in the engineering world. So I drove me crazy. I’m like, ha how tall is the retaining wall going to be? It’s I don’t know. It could be five miles off.

Dude, you’ve been doing this for so long. You should know is it going to be 12 feet or 14 feet, man? I have a little cost assessment thing here. Like these guys, in their defense, they don’t do this stuff. You’re that weird person doing this type of stuff that likely they have no clue how to do this it’s they don’t have any of that past experience, the type of accountant or person that does specialize in this stuff just as not a lazy.

Maybe this comes off bad, but like typically the older ones they’re set in their ways. They have a lazy client base that are used to do it the way that CPU wants it to go just the easy way. And they’re a placated audience where you’re not wanting to go. I would say 95% of the people that come through our doors, they got to change our CPA.

Yeah. I had to shop around starting the business. I had the shop around to find somebody that wasn’t like an IRS foot soldier that was just terrified of, the tax laws that are supposed to work for me. Yeah. Yeah. You know how it goes, mean referrals. Referrals is always the big thing here, but there’s no word I’m missing out on.

It’s oh, a real estate CPA, because that’s not a thing. Real, estate’s kind of pretty general. I think a lot of them will do it. It’s just what I would do is I would have conversations like this and it’s like you’re playing stump the chump. Cause you know what the answer is that you’re trying to see if they can logically have played, intellectual jiu-jitsu with you as you go through this.

This is a, that’s like an SNL skit called stump. The CPA chump. Yeah. Yeah. The good ones will be like, man, I’m like three years of retirement. Eric just leave me alone.

I’m not your guy, yeah. Okay. So this is one piece of the puzzle. I have another problem. Okay. Okay. Let’s yeah, let’s go back to your goals here. Hopefully that was useful. That was super helpful. Cause that’s I’m trying to formulate a plan and my second goal that on the sheet.

So I established the trust to start now that I’m worth something. I have to keep it organized and protected. Yeah, that’s good. That’s good. Like again, public service announcement for everybody, you have wills, those things, just go through probate. Don’t do that guys get a living trust. It doesn’t cost very much a thousand, a few thousand dollars.

It’s not for asset protection. It’s just in case you die, your money’s not in boat for your survivors and it doesn’t go through probate and get aired out in front of everybody. So that’s good. You got that done. Okay. I actually, I had the privilege and benefit of I did some things that were on my last five and 10 year plan with my wife.

So we’re like, great. But then for awhile we’ve been aimless and I need a new ten-year plan that will get me out of as much as I love working and doing the sort of work that I’m doing. I don’t want to have to do it. I want to play golf with my real estate guy. My note investor, friends. I don’t, I would say just a different idea.

Maybe it’s just this personality difference, but I’m like, just get moving down the road with this stuff a little bit, get going here and then make another five-year ten-year plan. Just right now, for now the big thing, like the rental property, right? When you put your San Diego property into service, you didn’t know what was going to happen.

You, you haven’t been in a syndication deal. You haven’t, you don’t know what’s going to happen. So just get into one right before you make this elaborate plan that the secret of syndications is just working with honest people that will steal your money. That’s the biggest. That’s a pretty big question, mark.

And especially when 25, 50, 75, K’s the buy-in out of my million net worth. That’s a, it’s a one 10 bed. Sometimes it’s co it’s like a rollercoaster. Get on, man. It’s going to work. You have a lot of fun, do your due diligence because you could die.

That’s good right now. I guess what I’m seeing you as, or what I’m hearing is right? Like you’ve never been at Disney night, never been on any freaking roller coaster making plans of doing this. And I’m like, no, man, just get on one roller coaster. You may not even like it. You may craft yourself and be like, I’m just going to go and eat.

Nodding at Disney Instagram channel the whole day. Like just get one. Who knows? You may really like it. You may not like it too much. We don’t know. Just do one. Alright. Before you you waste all your time and then all the Disney fast festival lightning lanes are all gone, right?

Essentially. Yeah. They’re not fast. Those are all gone, man. It’s lightning lanes. Now you got to pay for it now, right? You’re right. I haven’t been there in a long. You haven’t been there a long time and you haven’t been in syndication deals and the rents have been going up all in 2021. Ain’t going to last forever.

A best time to do it was yesterday. Yeah. So before you, I mean you, right now, you’re sitting in the beginning of the park. You already bought your tickets. You’re already going to go on this ride or this thing part get in there and do something before the park closes. It’s already.

He lost a couple hours of rides make this ten-year or this full day plan. Yeah. That’s just from it’s a good analogy. What a forklift speaking, right? You’ll fall in the middle. I’m sure. The portion of this divergence I wouldn’t say I’m stifled at it, but I’m trying to balance out what’s what is my mind is also exploded with the real, the rollercoaster that is crypto.

And so I’m trying to balance and figure out, so I’ve got this one 40 that I can deploy, today. And then I’m planning out next year and I just need like a six month to 18 month deployment plan. So that I feel like I’m not totally whimsical and just writing checks at the F I hate feeling.

Yeah. You’re so again, you’re like looking at what am I going to do with my 500 grand at deployed equity? I would say break it. Out of that 500 grand off the top of your, at what percent do you want to real estate? What percent do you want in crypto? My gut was a half halves. It go find other, so the magic pill for all this at this point is you got to find, not broke guys to hang out with that are on the same little bit like a half a step above you. Instead of crazy people like me, you, the golf buddies who are like a few steps ahead because we forgotten how to get there. And we were just possibly.

But you gotta find guys half a step ahead of you that are accredited investors that are already on their first fifth, 10th deal. Yeah. See I have a couple of those guys, but they’re probably more than a step, more than a half a step ahead. They’re like, they’ve got some deals they’ve got, they were into crypto earlier.

They had it, they had more to spend earlier. Yeah. I, the stuff that I read and again, like all this stuff, like what is the best asset allocation mix for the alternative S there is not, there is no normal, but if you twisted my arm, I would probably say if your net worth is a million dollars, 5% of your net worth, I think crypto is the average.

Yeah. Average, right? As your net worth increases, goes to five to 10 million. And that number of crypto creeps up to maybe 10, 20%. But that’s typically what you will read in industry news. That’s it? That’s what Forbes will say, but I think that’s, they’re speaking out of one side of the mouth and the people that are, I know I distrust what people, public knowledge has never, public knowledge, I think they’ll say either there’ll be a hundred percent crypto or not ugly ass, like family offices larger.

They’re in that 20% range, but those are 10, $20 million plus families. Yeah. But if I’m, if I have this 500 K that I’m going to basically going to make it go to work for me, where I’m coming from and why I’m like, 90, 10 split to start there. Yeah. Is that real estate works real estate.

We’ll get you guys that two, $3 million net worth and five years easily that why screw around with more of this asymmetric risks crypto stuff at this point. Yeah, sure. You can get there in two years doing that, but you can also lose it. And then now you’re now your goal to getting to 3 million is going to take you 10 to 15.

So that’s the way I’m looking at it. Yeah, I get it. But you’re saying the 500 deployed in three years triples. So what you said no. You’re going to deploy that and deploy the other half a million on top of that at some point, too. So your goal is to, I would say if it were. The boy, the 500 grand, which is half a year net worth in the next year or two years.

But then what I would say back that up, because you’re a slow starter is what are, you can kind of sense. So figure out what your asset allocation mixes right now. So if you’re like 70 30, if you and I were to negotiate the middle 70%, the state 30% crypto, just do that calculation on the first quarter million and make that as your goal first year.

So I think that’s, 150, a hundred into real estate, 50 GS, and to crypto and there you go, get moving down the road as soon as possible. Maybe even make it a goal for the next six months. Because every day you sit by, you put all your thumbs. Let’s do the math, right? Like 500 grand. I think you could be making like, I don’t know, 50.

Per year, you’re losing out on 75 grand assignment, get into the fact that it could be tax-free 52 weeks a year, every week that you’re not doing anything, is you losing 40 $1,400? Yeah. Every day you’re just sitting every day. We don’t do anything. I can’t handle it. Let me write you a check. $200, right? Of course, make a decision, take your time.

But Hey, liquidity anxiety is happening 200 bucks, 200 bucks, 200 bucks every day. You could probably live off that. That’s liquidity anxiety. That’s the term. Yeah, I got that. Your money is not doing anything for you. And I get it like you want to, want to do due diligence, but just know in the back of your head that you are losing this money and opportunity costs.

Yeah. It’s funny though. Normally my default mode of operation is ready, shoot, aim. That’s why I know you already, you’re entrepreneur. But this is kinda, it’s been taking a while because the last time we talked was maybe a year ago and there you haven’t, you liked me cause I just tell you what I think.

Like you haven’t made that much progress. So yeah. I moved across the country. It’s yeah, you got three kids. So the first day I don’t go anywhere fast,

but the liquidity anxiety, I’ll raise my hand. I’ll take that one for sure. And I think the thing that is working against you is again, the peer group, right? Your network is your network. You don’t have the influence, the right influences around you to get you the right information for you to get the right big diligence done.

I think that’s the hard thing. And that’s what the pandemic has made things really difficult for people to move down. Yeah.

Yeah, that is a problem. And I moved away from my golf buddies. They were the richest people. I knew even worse. Luckily you, you’re not, world of the cubicle land where you get all this, invest in your 401k, do the match, all this type of stuff around you, out there on your own.

Yeah. Which is great. And I really, I, the crypto stuff I actually want to keep in I have a self-directed Ross, so I want to keep it there. So I don’t have to great idea. I didn’t, I think it’s in the original thing, but I forgot to mention that. It should be hitting any day now, but I set up a self-directed Roth with checkbook IRA.

So I can, if I deal with notes and crypto in there, I don’t have to and worry about it. Because notes, crypto doesn’t give you any good tax benefits, therefore do it in that type of stuff. That’s why I think a lot of people make that mistake where they will invest in real estate and all that stuff.

But the cash not don’t use the cash. You want to use the cash real estate so you can get the tax benefits for them. Yeah. So that’s why I’m on deploy the one 40, in the syndication, potentially before end of year. And that’d be cool too. Cause you can see that at Kate that 20, 21 K one.

I’ll start playing the game. This tax year. Yeah. Yeah. That’s a smart play, right? I think it is.

I’ve been in banking, man, you’re an over-thinker already, I would say don’t worry about this until you’ve deployed into four deals. Don’t mess around with this yet. But if you’re looking for things to do, you should, everybody should have access to the infinite bank. E-course if you guys don’t have it at home, go to simple, passive cashflow.com/banking sign up there that you get access to the member site for the free, I think two hour course, but yeah, Eric kinda hands off this, hands off the cookie jar a little bit until you go into at least a couple of deals for us.

Cause this is going to confuse you. I, just it’s one of those things and it doesn’t move. The needle is the thing. People thinks that it’s like this heaven from God, but it is cool, but you got to do your. The order is the best good deals. So you get good tax benefits. So to mitigate the taxes, then once you got your ducks in a row there, you got the low-hanging fruit there, then it’s the infinite bank stuff.

Lastly, Maxalt Roth kids. That’s a great idea. Just it’s small potatoes, man. Don’t worry about this. There’s only that’s why I put it on the back burner. I was like, yeah, this is it. Infinite banking. As much as I downplayed it, it is way more important than some silly Roth account for your kids.

Yeah. Yeah. It’s funny that’s there because it’s so in my ear with what people say is oh, your, you need your 5 29 savings for a send your kids. Yeah. When you invest in like marketable securities with no tax benefits, like that’s only stuff you could do, there is nothing tax wise.

You. But when you get into the alternatives world, boom, there’s so much more better options. Yeah. Yeah. So I don’t know. Here’s what I think, man. Like what I would suggest is like maybe both, I like to see you get like a 20, 21 K one, so you can start to see this happen for yourself. May 20, 22 comes around and you got that K one and you’re like, oh my God really is paper lot.

And I do the same thing. Like I put money into oil and gas deal. Cause it’s just textbook like, oh, you get tax minutes. Like, all right, what happens the first year, second year, third year? No, hopefully I don’t lose my money at Bullock gas. Cause there’s a lot of kind of shady people in that world, but that’s just how I do things.

I like, I don’t see it. I see it on the tax form in terms of tax benefits. Yeah, but I think after that first one, it’s going to get moving, but yeah. A quarter million dollars with a part of that in crypto, in the next six months, I think that’s a good semi aggressive plan knowing that, you’re dropping for 200 bucks every day and not doing anything.

Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I didn’t realize, I knew I had range anxiety with my electric car. I didn’t realize I had liquidity anxiety too. Yeah. You got to go see a shrink. Yeah. I used to have one of those crappy Leafs that only went 64 miles and 50 miles in the code when I was in Seattle. That was a real thing.

The real thing. Yeah. I don’t have a leaf, but I got something like that. Yeah. Probably better. Anything. And the least for beliefs or beliefs. Aren’t great. Sorry. Sorry, if you have a leaf. Yeah yeah, probably. Yeah. We have a kid and this, these people are nuts, but just to wrap up here, any other kind of questions they’re off and off or no, that’s cool. I definitely had I’m glad you named liquidity anxiety and also the piece about the, not worrying, not stressing about the Roths, because there’s so much more that you can do with the, for growth over times within.

Yeah. But before I let you go, the after you had six months to a year, you get done that you need to play the quarter million. You start to see it work a little bit. You’re getting good distribution. You’re starting to get a hang of monthly reports. You’re like, wow, this is actually legit.

Haven’t gotten my money still. And then at that point, now we start to look at unloading that San Diego property. But ideally we want to load up on what did we say? Like Capitol? No, you don’t, you’re going to filter all that. So it was good. There’ll be some, but I think my goal was I was going to, I wanted to wait to sell it for 1.3.

So next summer I think I can get that. You’re a gambler. You’re a gambler to nothing falls apart. Yeah, pending the big earthquake that my parents think has been coming for 40 years. You’re like the guy who like ever proposed us to the girlfriend for Seven years. And then, and that two years, two years should not, I think that’s the year, but then you never hear about these guys that the girl leaves them.

No. Come on. Once the house drops, all I’m saying, what if it drops then? I don’t think it’s going to drop, but I understand the, what is, yeah. I’m saying like you maxed out the 500 take it. I think that’s what I, that’s how I would play it, but you don’t know. You don’t know either way.

And then we just joking here. We don’t know either way, but to me, if you can lock in that max out that $500,000 and you make sure it’s the two out of five years, your CPA has blessed it. Everything. I would say, just take it and tap it. At that 0.2 or three years, there’s going to be equity in there.

He locked it. You can’t get up and it’s going to be to talk in a way so that I plant that seed now, because in what, one year you’re really going to need to start to pinpoint, when am I going to sell it? When am I really going to sell this? Because you got that whiny class, eight tenant in back, you got to get them out somehow gracefully.

I think, my hope it’ll just be this summer, no matter what, because I’ll, I don’t want to have to look for another tenant from across the country. Okay. Term contract will be up in the summer, great time to sell. Crazy. Parents want to move into the school district, we’ll pay.

Yeah. Just make sure you account for you’re probably going to have to put in 10 to 20 grand of rehab to make it look pretty, but, and that takes time, but yeah. There’s a way to start to think about it. So basically that I got the hilar gets deployed or some of it gets deployed this year. I have more of it to the blend extra, and then I’ll have the gains from the selling the rental, and then I’m starting the flywheel.

And so by 2024, I just need to have another a hundred, 150 saved up to keep it going. What do you mean? A hundred, 150 to save though. I just need to have a free cash. They didn’t have earnings to keep investing with the next deals to keep the machine, to feed the beast. Yeah. Yeah. You gotta keep making money, which is good because I’m a year ahead where I’ll be making a few, if you scroll down on the summary and what is, I didn’t ask you about what do you mean.

What do you average savings every year? Which kind of your F your velocity, you’re able to save 50 grand a year. It’s ebbs and flows in the years that kids are born, but yeah, around that. So if I can bump that up to a hundred by 20, 24, then I can just deploy, keep deploying. Yeah. And if you are able to deploy a hundred grand, you’re good, man.

We’ll spend time with your kids. There’s really not much more you need to do at this point. You’ve already set this feel emotion. Yeah. But you need at least five years of working and saving and deploying to be in the cycle. Not really. No, that’s not super important. It’s just more like you need to have a million dollar net worth deployed a quarter of a million or half a million, and then continually deploy.

50 a hundred grand every single year for maybe half a decade. And you’re done, you hit that escape, velocity,

escape, velocity, escape, velocity. So everybody has that monthly cashflow number that you want. I think you guys are moving to a cheaper place. So for you guys, it might be 10 grand a month, passive income. So this is the, and we’re going into the vehicle just like faster and faster.

But at some point you hit this escape velocity where your investments are getting that 10 grand a month and it will continue to grow one and I’ll face the face of inflation, but once you’ve got it that far, it’s like a spaceship going out to outer space. It hits escape, velocity, boom, breaks out a sphere.

It goes zero G that’s the analogy. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. This makes it a lot clearer. And you’re talking to me out of my crypto dreams. I would say my only advice there is my thought process, if you are like a broke guy, like under a half a million and you really had to make something out of nothing, then I would probably say, yeah, whatever a piece of crypto, you don’t have much money to work.

He just described me. But the number was different. It’s I feel like you’re not a broke guy. It’s doing all right, man. Doing all right. The fact that you’re even more valid that state of California now you’re doing better than most.

It’s not really much how much you make. It’s more what you keep and part of that is taxes too. And having a less. Lower level standard of living. Some people they spend like 20, 30, 40,000 a month in this spacious, whatever it took me like, cut, you remember the movie inception?

I’ve been like, I like totally used inception to make my wife think it was cool to drive around a car that’s fully paid off. And I paid off our Lindale, her car a couple months ago. I was just like, don’t you feel good every time you get in here? And she’s no, it’s old. Yeah. When I used to do the podcast and I actually had like guests that I stopped doing that because I found that everybody is a stupid group and they don’t really know what they’re talking about.

So I stopped doing that. But one of the questions I always asked is like, what is one thing that you once thought was an absolute truth, then you’ve backed off of I’m like absolute sometimes. But I know enough to know that there are certain things that, based on new evidence, you can always change.

That’s the disclaimer, every podcast here in a little bit, but I thought leasing your car. It was a good thing. And then I did this exotic car hacking class, and I discovered that not what you want to be doing, even if it is for business. So that’s nothing to do with it. You’re always earning it.

Open-minded like you learn these things from their peers. That’s the key critical part. Yeah. So unfortunately you double down on that whole car payment thing and thing off assets. To me, it doesn’t matter if it’s a depreciating asset or appreciating asset, it doesn’t matter. It’s all clumped together and your personal finances and your network anyway.

It’s for me, it’s more of the principle of I don’t need new crap. Keep telling yourself that if you don’t have the money, but if you got the money, you got choices by whatever you want. You did it the right way. Yeah. Yeah. I think that’s a lot of people in our group they’ve started to build that automatic viewpoint.

It’s like super frugal, right? Mr. Money, mustache. Yeah. But whatever, if that effect gets you going, that’s the character you don’t land. I don’t like going home and complaining to my wife about what she bought, but I also, I don’t know. It’s both though. It’s yeah. I’d like to be able to afford the right.

Nice thing. I also just don’t want to fill my life with possessions and like, how did that be the focus? So it’s tough to be both. But when you’re in the growth stage, Especially under a million dollars net worth, or maybe under two to $3 million. So trying to grow your net worth, these are the decisions that you’re going to have to make.

But at some point, the, you hit escape, velocity, your money works harder for you. At that point, time is more valuable than money. And at any point at all for nothing but not many people get to escape velocity or get even close to it. It’s are you saying I shouldn’t pay off my car? Yeah, you shouldn’t.

Yeah. You shouldn’t do that cause it’s like, if you can get really good car loan. No, I didn’t. I didn’t pay it off early. I just mean like we owned it for five years and the loan amortized and it is the last this is done. And now I got. I need to get a new car payment. He wants to go, wants to drive an old car.

And this isn’t my personal thing. This is a person, this is you. You only have one kid, right? Yeah. Yeah. When you have three that are eating Cheerios and puking in the back of your brand new Tesla, you’re going to want to be like, okay, this Tesla is gonna, you’re gonna dive with this Tesla kids.

I’m not getting a new anything I’ve heard. I’ve heard that too. Yeah. And I don’t know, I’m not seeing for experience on that, but yeah. My argument is like the newer cars have the better safety. So that gets you going get a new car. That’s why my wife needs a new car. Yeah. But at the end of the day, like for the money in terms of money, where you look at it, like you have all the equity in that car, just go re leverage it just like you would have had.

But, yeah, you’re not like the poster boy that paid off equity, San Diego, I say, these are like the good, like these things that you’ve kinda brainwashed yourself to thinking like, this is good, right? This got you to this point now, like a savior mentality, but it’s really not gets you to the next level.

It could be, you take, you make these decisions too, like all by yourself. This is the transition to an accredited investor, passive investor, where it’s called peer groups. Your network is your net worth having fun? Because everybody knows that one guy who’s like, when he, when we do like the pop-up events, he’s like really tight, it’s a downer.

Nobody wants to hang out with that guy. And he doesn’t build this network. He doesn’t figure out what, where to invest, where to stay away from. He just doesn’t know because he doesn’t have friends. Social relationships are the currency of the world. The sooner you picked up that once you have money, you need to loosen up and help we’ll fund. You know that’s going to step up to that next platform

that said, maybe we’ll see you in in January and the retreat coming out. Yeah most people will, they will not stay in the nice hotel. They will stay in like the smaller ones. They’re very frequently minded, but they will spend money on other things. But that’s the DNA, but the conscious movement is towards paying money on experiences, trip to Hawaii relationships.

And people bring spouses. It’s yeah, courage. Yeah. It’s encouraged. And this is the group that you want to bring up to. Not the how slipper group, the local group. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. That’s not the Tupperware party scene. No, definitely not. Yeah. That’s the group I want to go. That’s yeah, we’re actually going to do it.

I think I haven’t signed it yet, but I think we’re going to do it the four seasons. So definitely not like by scene, but my whole psychology on this is if it gets the cheapskates and myself thinking differently and a different ethos for one freaking day out of the year, and it kinda set the mood for the right people to start gets you out of your normal state, then you know, it’s worth the extra five grand the way I see it then to go to, I don’t know where we would go the barrier.

Yeah, you don’t. You want to go slumming it, holiday Inn, express or anything? We’re credit investors here. That’s good. Changing future states. It’s good. This is super helpful to talk through it with the different market trends and all your truth telling. At the same time. I’m sorry. You have to pay a wiring fee of $25. Suck it up. All right. Thanks Eric. Talk to you later. Bye. Thanks.

In Depth: How Infinite Banking HELPS You as an Investor

On today’s podcast, we are going to be replaying the almost two hour long webinar that we did on the introduction to infinite banking. Now, if you guys wanna check this out on the YouTube channel, go to simple passer cash flow.com/banking. And you can access the YouTube video there. So you can also go along with the slides. I wanted to leave it here because I think a lot of you guys are audio learners and also the team has gone on the road this past week.

Depending on when you’re listening to this audio we are either getting over our October 1st Napa valley hangover. Or we are already doing our property tours and our grand opening party of our new Chase Creek apartments in Huntsville, Alabama.

If you guys have been trying to get a hold of us to book your introductory calls with us, we can get to know you a little bit better. Please get on that right away because my schedule is booked up as I get back into the swing of things later on in October, but super happy to meet all of you guys in person.

If it’s not too late, please sign up for that October 6th, seventh in Huntsville, Alabama, If you really like this infinite banking concept again, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/banking, and you can get access to this video, of course, but you can also get access to the two to three hour long eCourse where you can go through each of these sections. We dive into a lot more detail in more, a readable and short video.

Format. So if you guys put in your email address in there, it will get you access to the closed end member site where you get access to infinite banking eCourse enjoyed this webinar that we.

Welcome everybody. This is the intro to infinite banking. Here’s what’s gonna go on in the next couple hours. We prepared this deck and we added a bunch of slides, including some use cases. I also look at my working sheet here that I use to keep track of my infinite banking.

And, when money goes out alone, it comes back. But this is meant to be a CRA school for a lot of you folks. We see a lot of familiar faces. A lot of folks who’ve joined us recently and the infinite banking is new to them. Even some people who have policies on the line today it’s always good to review a little bit. But I would say we’ll knock this out in under an hour’s presentation, but we’ll have time for plenty of questions.

But just a little bit of background on myself. I grew up in Hawaii. Seattle’s 2003 to 2017. I Have a wife, a child, a dog and a Ford Raptor are the things that I have these days, no longer an engineer and then real estate. I started with that first rental in 2009, and then I got up to 11 rentals in 2015.

But since then, as the investor group has grown 1.2 billion to assets on their ownership, 8,500 units, 55 projects, and about 95, 90, 95 people in our family office group. That’s our inner circle mastermind group. And also joining me Tyler Fuka. Why don’t you introduce yourself a bit, Tyler?

Yeah. Hi, I’m Tyler Fuka. I am also married, have two boys. I do have a dog. I forgot to update that. I grew up in Hilo, Hawaii. Then I went off to the University of Washington to study engineering. I was there on a ROTC scholarship. So when I graduated, I got commissioned as a Naval officer stationed out at Mayport, Florida in Jacksonville, went to grad school in Monterey, California, and then moved here to wahoo where I’ve been since 2006 came here as active duty.

As an engineering duty officer transitioned out in 2009. To basically become a civil servant or DLD engineer did a lot of project management, construction management, a supervisor, and then eventually moved over to the department of veterans affairs. And he was a chief engineer there for a while.

Up until 2001, when I left, I decided to leave the W2 world. As far as real estate investing, I’ve been investing since 2002. My path then was single family rentals and doing what we call house hacking back then. I got up to, four single family rentals and basically got overloaded with work life and investing took a pause, started really looking at alternative investing in 2017 ish met lane in 2018 and just been totally doing syndications mainly from there on and where or lane really opened up our eyes as far as insurance wise always been interested in that.

I got introduced to the infinite banking concept. Probably about 10, 10 years ago. Didn’t really do anything with it. Although when I was in Lane’s group and other groups, I was with, I, we kept on hearing about infinite banking. So I eventually got my license in 2019 mainly to study and learn about the details of the industry, the different products available and then been helping lanes groups since then or licensed across the state.

So we basically can serve anywhere. Yeah. And a little bit more context of that, cuz it’s always fun for people to learn the story. I heard about this a while back ago. This infinite banking strategy, I would say since 2017 and I tasked Tyler with learning about this stuff, cuz I knew there were a lot of commissions in fees and it’s a strange product that, it’s not as straightforward as deals to me.

So I asked them to learn it more so to eventually do a policy for myself. So I wouldn’t get gouged with pricing and Tyler would be up front with how it all worked. I also, we also told you to go learn notes and what assisted living facilities are. Which those didn’t work out as, as well as this as most things don’t it’s funny, like those assisted living facilities, I haven’t really found anybody who does that halfway decent.

There was just like a house, like a few blocks away, like an illegal assisted living facility that got taken down by police recently. But it’s like this thing stuck. And we do this for a lot of the clients and the whole point is we crunch the commission and fees as low as they can go.

So in other words, if you guys have a policy, you’re looking at some other policies, probably beat him. But as I learned and what I’m happy about, Tyler kind of focusing it on full-time is that there’s this whole complex structure and we’ll maybe get into it a little bit, past the lowering the commissions as low as possible and past like the 90, 10 70 30 split, which we’ll talk about today, but there’s bunch of other ways that I don’t personally understand to customize it to what you guys want.

But yeah, this is, brief illustration. I think what a problem that most investors face, which is what the heck do I do with my short term liquidity, midterm liquidity, or my college savings before I put it into longer deals, right? Three years, seven year deals, that’s ideally where you wanna put your money, cuz that’s where you’re gonna make a higher rate of return.

Sure. Might be a little bit more risky, but it comes with a higher reward. You don’t really have 50 grand, a hundred grand ready to go all the time. The infinite banking, this is just one example of the many use cases. And I’ve created maybe about four or five use cases to use this very, a flexible kind of strategy, but it fits in my whole, 1, 2, 3 trifectas of simple passive cash list.

But if you’re new to simple passive cash flow, it’s first investing in good deals with honest people where you don’t get your money stolen, where you get higher returns than the retail stock market mutual funds, et cetera. And then number two, you, by getting all these passive losses through deals and other tax benefits, such as going from ordinary income to passive income you could unlock a lot of tax maneuvers and then obviously that creates more money for you to invest and then put more money into us. The third strategy, which is infinite banking here which is what we’re talking about.

This is something that we’ll get into, but this is basically a strategy. A lot of the wealthy will do. I dug up this video cuz I wanted to date how long we’ve been talking about this thing. Dug up this video from 2017 when I was a really shitty speaker back at Toastmasters, I was talking about this thing.

I was awkwardly taught to use my hands when I talk. We’ve been talking about this thing for quite some time and I didn’t really get a policy till much later than this and or it took me a long time to wrap my hands around. So if it’s confusing to you guys, sit back and, we can, we’ll open it up for questions at the end, but you it’s something that I think that it takes a while to understand like a lot of investors understanding the difference between ordinary income and passive income and how passive income can be offset by passive losses.

It’s a simple concept. And I think, we have a lot of engineers in our investor group and sometimes the engineers can over analyze this whole thing, in the banking I’m talking specifically about if that’s maybe taking a step back. It’s really not that difficult, but. It took me a little while to understand this whole thing.

Basically, getting rid of the middle man here we’ll talk a little bit about how big companies use these bank on life insurance, but to me of the main points about using these infinite banking policies is you’re making an interest rate and, , there’s a middle man here by with the bank is how normally it works.

But by using this life insurance policy, you cut out the bank in a way, and you make a little bit of that spread back. . Yeah. One, one of the main benefits is you’re recapturing your earning power or the opportunity costs. Cuz once your funds leave the bank that earning power for that dollar is lost.

Banks, they make their money basically off of how they have deposits come into them, they’re landing the money out. So whenever the money exits the bank it continues to earn funds. Similarly with the life insurance policy, we’re putting funds into the policy, we’re able to access those funds and not still have those dollars in the policy earning and not lose that opportunity to, for that dollar to continue to earn while you’re using that dollar somewhere else.

I’ll do it quickly, so yeah. So what is infinite banking? It truly is a concept of what I was mentioning before about recapturing those losses. You basically are utilizing an asset where you’re able to basically use that dollars, keep it in that asset, but obtain that dollars through alone.

And that there’s multiple ways of doing that. And now you’re able to have your funds work in two different places. So the original asset will be growing. And then the dollars that you access, you can do what you want and you could use it for expenses. You could use it for investing. You could use it for college planning or retirement planning, but that’s the overall concept.

The vehicle of choice that we choose to use for various reasons is dividend paying whole life insurance. And there’s multiple benefits with whole life insurance. And there are other products out there, but whole life specifically, there’s a level premium. So that’s one of the main benefits. The insurance costs and fees are pretty set as at, in regards to the insurance premiums themselves.

There’s guaranteed growth. And it’s right now, tho those ranges around two or 3% guaranteed seems small, but when we’re talking long term wise, this is uninterrupted compounded growth, and that steady growth can then help you plan, for long term. You can be used for multiple things, investing education.

So five, it could, this could replace your five to nine. Your 401k IRA you could use as your own bank to use it for lending instead of car loans, mortgages, and then it also is a safe place to store your capital. That’s where I personally keep my reserves also. There’s of course we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but there is, there is a death benefit component to it that helps with legacy planning or will transfer to different generations.

You are accessing the growth of the policies tax free. There’s no capital gains. There’s no income tax because the way you’re utilizing it is via loans. It follows what you may hear as the buy borrow die strategy, where you’re really purchasing this asset. It grows and you’re borrowing as the asset grows, you’re borrowing from it.

And that way you’re eliminating capital gains along with income taxes. And the policy isn’t designed in a way where you don’t have to pay for your entire life. So traditional whole life you, that you may have, there’s a premium due usually to age 95, 99, or a hundred. We design it where there is a cutoff at some point.

And even though you’re no longer contributing, the policy continues to earn dividends and that dividends then helps to boost up the value of your policy in the form of death benefit along with cash value. So this is a, there’s a handful on this slide. And again I’m gonna go over this in my, in a different way, cuz I think people learn in very different ways.

And although I do think that the most effective way of learning this is talking to somebody who just went through the process with Tyler and it’s fresh in their head and they’re, they’re using the loans or taking loans from themselves, funding the policy and then using it in their whole investment strategy.

Although, we obviously can’t recreate that on a virtual seminar, but that’s why we do the retreats. That’s why I tell people to come out to Napa, come out to Huntsville, meet other investors. So you can talk about, how you’re using this type of stuff. Just speaking from my own personal experience what I do is I, I max fund my policies and I store a cash value in there.

And Tyler mentioned the word asset, right? What’s the asset, right? In this case, I think a lot of people. The way to think about it is, think about it exactly like a HELOC right. You have a house and that was your asset, right? You might be paying it off or you have equity in there, but you use a HELOC to tap that equity, taking loans against that and paying the interest to that loan.

But you can use that loan to a lot of you guys will, who are new or using that HELOC to invest in your first few, several deals, same thing here, except instead of house being the asset is this paper, whole life policy, which is probably one of the most secures pieces of assets out there because the underlying that the asset is backed by these insurance companies that have been paying out dividends since the civil war much more secure than your average bank out there.

But, as Tyler mentioned, there’s a lot of benefits to doing it. I’ll highlight the guaranteed cash value growth. So when, just like how you HELOC your money’s in your asset, which is the house in this case your money is in the asset, which is the whole life policy.

It continues to grow just like the house does. So that’s where that guaranteed cash value comes from. The, and then the tax leave loans and withdrawals, that’s part of how I use it, right? So when my money’s in here, it grows with that. And. At that point, it’s considered tax free per the IRS.

And this is an important thing. We’ll get to later designing the policy. So you don’t go over that minimum threshold. Certainly you don’t wanna overfund it too much, cuz we’ll talk about fees, commissions and try to lower that as much as possible. By having it in this life insurance policy it’s the tax loophole to have this thing grow tax free.

And then when you take withdrawals or you take loans from your policy to go in and invest it or do whatever you need to do with the money. Lot times if you’re smart, you can have that be a business expense and has it have it be tax deductible. But we’ll hammer a lot of this stuff multiple times here.

Other ideas, doctors and high net worth investors like to use this as the asset protection component. And then, I’ve personally cond this with Ivo trust for simplicity of the use. I can talk about that at the end with another use case. But again, lot of stuff here, but basically it’s like a HELOC where you can take loans from it and then pay it back and have this be a constant source of capital.

That’s also grow. But it’s much better than a HELOC for three reasons. First, the banks can pull your HELOC at any point, right? They can freeze credit lines. They can’t do this with your infinite banking. And this is the whole where the whole term comes from family vault and people call this a family vault, but, or being your own bank, you own this policy, this asset is yours. The second big thing on, why this is better than the using your own HELOC you have the asset protection when your money is in under this policy, it’s protected, just like how, a lot of people will think they’re retirement accounts, the 401k are protected from creditors and litigators.

And then, the, my biggest thing, why I don’t like the helos is, they’re great to get started, but you can’t use the HELOC to tap all the equity. A lot of times your banks are gonna play games with you on your appraisals and then lower your loan to value on that loan with the bank.

None of that nonsense games, when you’re doing your own infinite banking policy, you can pretty much always, it’s not like you have, you can’t touch a certain amount of equity in the policy. If you’re using your HELOC now to go into deals. Cool. But eventually what most people will do is they’ll transition the equity into an infinite banking policy for the mentioned reasons.

Real quick. Okay. There, there are some questions being type. So if people have questions yeah. I think we want them, they can type it in during the presentation, we’ll probably cover some of those. And then at the end we’ll make sure to go over all of those. Is that yeah. Yeah. And put it into the question and answer box, cuz it allows us to check it off once we’ve answered it.

But if something is pertaining to the slide we’ll try and get to it for sure. Just all the random questions. Maybe hold to the end, cause we’ll probably answer it like Tyler said. But if you guys have been paying attention, we met, we uttered the words, whole life insurance and typically the whole life insurance is quite the scam.

I’ll be the first one to tell you, right? This is the one where your long loss acquaintance from college or high school, or maybe grade school hits you up on LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram or for some of the younger people TikTok or whatnot. And they say, you wanna go to lunch and they sell you this like garbage whole life policy that was configured with high amounts of insurance, where is basically where all the commissions and fees come from, which again, what we cranked down to the minimums for you guys in our.

And, it’s just not a very good policy. And this is where Dave Ramsey and those guys say, yeah, just do term life. Whole life is a scam. So I just wanted to just, mention, yes, we are using whole life, but it’s configured in a very different way, but this is actually something that like my spouse got suckered on.

And then, what Tyler can also do is if you have a whole life policy, there are things that you can transfer and he can talk to you about that. But you can dissect current whole life and you can break down what percentage of it was insurance and paid up additions.

And then, most times my spouse’s case, she was, she got taken for one of these, but, she didn’t really the way the financial planning world works. They get a bunch of young salesmen to suck at their friends and family into these types of arrangements. What we did is we just cashed in her policy is what we did, but sometimes it might make sense.

Tyler can work with you guys to exchange it or whatnot. And I’ll say it a little bit differently. I think. Insurance has its purpose. And the purpose of life insurance is to protect your human life value. So I think that there is a purpose there, but as an investment or what we’re doing is totally opposite of that.

We’re utilizing it for the cash value component not the protection part of it. If it is purely the protection part, it is considered could be expensive. I’ll use a gentler word then a scam or something then lane. But yeah, I think it is traditional whole life is expensive.

There is a cheap coverage, which is term, but again, those, rarely ever pay out, but again, it’s there to protect your life or the what ifs. And this is a total different strategy. So that’s where people may get confused if they hear it. And I think we have someone on here or a later slide going over, maybe some of the chatter people may hear about whole life in general.

Yeah. And when I talk to some of you guys have made me talked to your whole life, financial planner, people, and most financial planners or people who make these things, they don’t get it. They don’t get us as investors. What do we want? We want liquidity so we can take the money out and invest it in much better deals.

But these other guys, they say we wanna give you. Higher returns. And we want the bigger death payout, that’s in their head, what they think life insurance should do, but we’re using this, we’re using life insurance. Yes. But really what I’m using it for is to get that tax loop pulse.

So I have to pay my taxes on it and I wanna get the liquidity. I wanna maximize liquidity and I’m willing to give up the death payout and the returns on the policy because it’s small. Anyway, it’s different than 5% to 5.5% returns on this stuff where, what I really want is the liquidity.

So I can go put it in something making 10, 15, 20%. And that’s the idea of a sophisticated investor. And that’s where these other guys, they just don’t get us. How we do things with our money and how we invest it in alternative assets.

Yeah. And this slide just kind of highlights. Lane touched on bank on life insurance. So life insurance, is a asset that a lot of corporations use including banks. So specifically it’s called a bully or bank home life insurance. But if you were to look on the bank’s assets, the list of assets you’ll see life insurance.

I think chat is able to pull this up and you’ll see highlighted down there, life insurance, but. Bank banks clearly understand life insurance, the risks associated with that. And they hold a lot of their assets in that also. That kind of was the proof in the pudding as far as how safe it is.

They’re also willing to lend against that. We’ll touch about a cash value line of credit. So you could take your policy to a bank, not all banks, there’s banks out there that will specifically give you a line of credit based on your cash value. And that to me is similar to a real estate.

They understand the asset and, but unlike real estate or HELOC where, your loan to value is more in the seven or 80% loan to value the banks will lend you 95 to a hundred percent loan to value on your cash value. That kind of says how secure and safe banks consider whole life insurance.

Yeah. It, and again, this goes back to, lot of my discoveries and like what the wealthy do, investing in alternative assets, getting off of wall street and putting their money into these life insurance products. You follow what the wealthy do, and they’re quietly doing something a little bit different as the same goals money talks, but 📍 wealth whispers, you.

Another example is like Walmart, Walmart will buy insurance policies and their top dogs and store it on their balance sheet, as they’re safe semi-liquid stores. What I tell a lot of people is I follow what the wealthy do, but also what the banks and what the big companies do.

And you take a hint from what they’re doing. This is a strategy that they’re employing and if you own a business it’s not a bad way of doing things. So different use cases again.

Yeah. It’s more than just the type of asset. So I think that one of the biggest key factors on the performance or the utilization of the strategy is the policy design. We’re using, we’re independent where we can write with multiple companies. We choose, certain companies, some for their flexibility and then also just how we can design it.

The product is the product. And, most people can utilize and design it the same way we just choose to design it. The most cash value efficient and flexible because that’s what appeals to us as investors. And our design is really caters towards investors because we are investors first and that’s how we want to utilize this strategy.

There’s other designs out there and it has its pros and cons or the different levers. So we, our main focus is cash value and flexibility. Yeah. And this is the portion of the show where Tyler’s gonna spearhead this next few slides, because this is somewhere, this is a time where I realized the strategy and started to employ it myself.

But then I realized how like more technical it gets and that’s where it required a engineer like Tyler to really learn this on behalf of you guys. If you guys look back in the coaching calls, which we keep in the members site, and we arrange everything, everyone from lower net worth to over, accredited beyond, we do, we talk about implementation speed and, maybe you wanna put 200 grand every year in this stuff or 50 grand a year.

You can see some of those examples. We can probably do that at the end. If there’s time here, but. This is some something where I had the self realization that I didn’t have the bandwidth to keep up on this stuff constantly. And, I need to focus on deals and finding, deal relationships out there.

I’ll vouch for Tyler. Tyler gets on flights, he goes to these infinite banking industry mastermind, again, events, and I forced them to do it because, I said, you gotta like really, you gotta get involved in this stuff, just like how I did with this other stuff.

And really transcend your average, keyboard, jockey insurance provider, who just happens to have a license or worse social media influencer. That’s, this stuff is a technical stuff and it needs to be tailor to each person. These are the ways we’ll get into designing the policy the right way.

Yeah. And touched about this In the previous slide, but the, as, in order to maintain the taxable treatment from the, in the IRS’s minds, there are some tax laws and unfortunately, the IRS got involved in the eighties, so they created something called a me limit.

Some people may hear that, or it’s a modified endowment contract, which really prevents pre 1980s people ready to dump in a whole bunch of money into a policy lump sum, very little insurance and really capitalize on the power of insurance. IRS has stepped in, in the eighties, they created a limit basically where it says, Hey, in order for this to the taxable the taxable treatment only will apply if it’s insurance and it, you really need to purchase a certain amount of insurance in relation to the amount that you’re stuffing in.

We maximize, we, we take that to the limit and so we’re able to stuff as much funds into the policy have as much cash value early on with also long-term growth, but with the flexibility while maintaining within those IRS rules and, these rules have changed and tightened over some time.

So that’s. , it, it is, we’ve had to stay on top of things. BA basically in the beginning of 2021 or the end of 2021 was when the new law took into effect also. So they’re changing and updating things, every couple years or so. But that’s where the design is really crucial in order to maximize those things.

Yeah. And this stuff isn’t getting any better. So like the best time to get a policy was yesterday, just like how it was to go into deals, the deals in 2018 kind of cashed out, that’s the best time to do it was yesterday. And it reminds me a lot of like real estate professional status, just like the way lavage changed.

There’s a great tax loophole. If you wanna use that word. guess for the real estate professional status, I think 10 years ago, a lot of what a lot of doctors were doing that were making, 500, $600,000, a million dollars a year was getting a little whimsical rental property.

And then now getting rep status and now using all the passive losses from their deals to drain their income down to, 300 or zero and not pay any taxes. And then the IRS is wait a minute, guys, this doesn’t seem right. So they implemented all these like rules for getting real estate professional status.

It’s the same thing. Tyler mentioned here for the life insurance before you could just write all this stuff off and all the returns would be tax free and, people would put like a dollar, the life insurance, and then the Iris was like, wait a minute, guys, there’s a limit to this. Like you can’t just put $1 and have the whole thing be tax free.

Cuz you can imagine if you guys are like, financial hackers like us, where that goes, put a gazillion dollar policy and put $1 in life insurance, whole thing tax free. So there’s a certain limit to that and where we get into this 90 10, this 10% insurance thing. That’s a little bit more historical context on we always try and stay one step ahead of, the latest, the, where the tax laws are and always be tax compliant.

Of course.

Yeah, so the, that meth limit that is a IRS limit there’s two main, large limits. It’s usually it’s the IRS limit or this meth limit. And the second one is just company limits. So that’s internal limits a company puts on and some constraints they put on. Again the choice of company is almost as important, but as far as the me limit that really, that, that limit is defined by your age, gender along with your health rating status.

So when when you go through the underwriting process, you get approved for a certain amount of death benefit based on your age, gender. And you’re given a health rating and of a better health rating will, will drive your death benefit up a little bit more. So then your me limit will also be slightly higher.

But yeah, the main factor is for a me limit is the amount you wanna stuff into a policy a year. And then the factors are your age, gender and health rating. And then the second limit is basically company limits. There’s various company limit. The big one that we focus on is the paid up additions or POA limitations.

Because the POAs are so beneficial for the cash value companies limit basically how much you can put in per year based in relation usually to your base premium. So that’s the cost and you can think of base premiums. The cost of insurance paid up additions as truly, the cash dump or the cash value addition and internal companies put internal limits as far as how we can design these.

And you might hear three times POAs, five times, POAs, 10 times POAs. The companies we use have 10 times POAs and that’s really beneficial as far as cash value growth. And, I think again, maybe in the back of your head you’re sharing, you know what Dave Ramsey said?

We all know Dave Ramsey, great guy. And I think he does a great job for teaching those, people, most people out there, 90, 95% of people who are in debt don’t make too much money. I think he means well, he’s said whole life insurance is a rip off and it’s cuz we mentioned at the top, it’s all how you configure.

I was watching some YouTube videos of the stuff last night and, trying to see the bad thing about a lot of this financial world is a lot of people, they just don’t really dig into it. And the secret isn’t how you create it and how you structure the whole encompassing strategy, where infinite banking is just one of ’em, this particular YouTube video the caller set mentioned a few things here, which I’ll highlight.

They said the break even point for his policy was year seven. Yeah, when you’re configuring this stuff with higher insurance, which you don’t, which where the commissions and fees come from, you’re gonna have a higher break even point. I don’t know, like some of the last policies you’ve been doing Tyler, but I’m pretty sure it’s a lot less than that.

And then he also mentioned the one thing I will agree with Dave on is he said, and I quote, when you work for the certified financial planners, the CFPs is he called them, they work for the Northwestern mutual guys, he just laughing and he says, those are the guys that just screw people every day.

So it wasn’t me who said it, anybody gets offended and mad at Northwestern mutual, any XYZ mutual company. He that’s what Dave Ramsey said. But again, we’re configuring this a little a lot differently with lot less insurance, which is where the fees and commissions come from. Again, I think this is where most people, and this is what kind of gets me with a lot of things.

Most people will just only read the headlines of videos or news clips. But when you actually read the damn article, the story is very different.

Yeah. And I think Dave Ramsey is also El alluding to that whole life is expensive. And I think traditional whole life, the way it’s designed it is very, it is expensive in relation to possibly O other things out there to protect your life such as term. But again, we’re doing it differently.

And the design, so this slide represents a little insight on as far as the design traditional whole life. So this is a 50 50 split. Traditional whole life would be more, hundred percent premium. So all of that would go to, the death benefit cost a 50, 50 design or 50% is the expense or death benefit or base premium 50% is paid up additions.

That paid up additions as mentioned earlier, really has reduced fees compared to the base premium. So in relation that $500 going to base premium. maybe a few dollars of that will show up as cash value. Whereas for POAs, 500 goes into POAs. There is a fee slight fee in there, but I would say 4 75 will actually show up in cash value.

So much, much drastic change. And that’s why we wanna really minimize our goal is to minimize the base premium and maximize the POAs. The next slide shows a 10 90 split. You may hear a 90, 10, 10 90. I think that’s all the same a lot of times. Some people put the PAA portion first in this slide, it has the base premium.

First I personally call it the 10 90 split where 10% goes to base premium. And a lot of times that is also a company limit. In relation to, the factor, you can put a hundred dollars in as base premium, again, maybe $1 or so of that will show up as cash value and then putting $900 into UAS and your cash value, would be 850 or so not quite 900, but drastically different.

So out pocket from, as the client, it’s the same thousand dollars coin out of your pocket, how it performs or where that money is going. Is very different based on the design. Again, same thousand dollars going out. If it was a traditional whole life, you probably have $0 cash value that 50, 50 you might have about $400 for four 50 cash value.

And then a 10 90 would you’d have, 800 or so cash value. It’s all just purely the design. And then that impacts your cash value portion. Yeah. So some people might say, oh, we’re already doing the infinite banking thing, but they could be in this format where they’re paying five times as much fees and commissions, and they’re getting five times less cash value than they should be getting with this 10 90 split.

Not all policies, still again, it’s do you read the headlines or you actually analyze what’s in the content here and how, or in this case, how it’s designed, right? You may be implementing I B C banking from yourself. But if again, like we, we kind of urge people if you’re already doing this strategy.

Just check out what the split was on the premiums versus the paid up editions. This is typically. What most people will do. Some people in our mastermind group they’ll do 70, 30 or 30, 70 splits. So like like a mix between the 50 50, which I don’t think you ever wanna do that. There’s some other advantages to doing it that way, I’d say, the first thing is like lowering the commissions and fees for you guys, which I’m sure the question comes up.

Like, why the heck would you and Tyler lower the fees and commissions, I guess I have my reasons which is then you put more money into deals and you actually have more money than paying out in fees and you invest more and you tell more of your friends about this type of stuff. But to me, it’s like most of our clients are doing really big policies.

So the commissions and fees are there for us that kind of keeps the lights on, but it’s, I’ve always thought of this as like an added service for our investors in our investor group. Certainly staying away from this 50 50 split. Yeah. And to not get into too much technical detail, but the design also enables a lot of flexibility.

So on a 10 90 split that a hundred dollars, even though your target amount in this case would be a thousand dollars. What you have to put in every year is really only the a hundred dollars that, that additional $900 in this case is flexible and optional. And that’s where, that’s how the design also plays into the flexibility.

So not only the company allows, the insurance company allows you that flexibility, but the design then again, allows you to put in capital as you have it, throughout the policy year versus having to save up and have that thousand dollars or in the 50, 50 design case $500, available on your premium anniversary.

That’s a, that also plays a big factor. For me personally, just having my, since I have most of my capital working, I don’t wanna sit around and, bank up the large payment and have that only be able to put in once a year. I like to spread it out over the year and dump it in.

We had a question here from Hillary. Does the me limit include the amount of premiums you pay a year or is the me limit the amount of additional PUA you can add to the policy? Yeah. Good question. Yeah, it’s it is a cumulative amount. So that me limit is the total amount of funds you can dump into your policy.

So that would include your, the premiums for that year.

So one unique way, a lot, some people, he struggle to hear how the PWAs really added add value to the policy. We came up with this scenario where it’s similar to a house cause most of us are investors. So think of the base premium as your debt servicing on your mortgage, right?

You’re, it’s something you have to pay in order to keep that asset yours very little value added if we’re talking the debt servicing portion of your mortgage, but that’s what you have to pay paid up. Additions would be more like if you were to do a renovation to your house, there’s some expenses to it.

But a lot of times it increases the value of her house, to the more than what are equal to, or more than what you put in as far as repairs. So paid up additions would be similar, like a renovation blue seeing the value of that house, which later then you have you, you boosted up your equity.

So you can have access to that. Or when you sell that you make more of a profit base premium equals the debt, servicing on a mortgage, very something you have to pay very little value add to, to, to the asset. And we had a question from Luke here. So if you take a loan against your infinite banking policy, as it grows, can the growth pay back to the loan?

Yeah. So paying back the loan, you can, you, you could either pay that out of pocket or as you mentioned the policy grows, it’ll just, it’ll take it from the cash value component or, it’ll take it from your policy to pay that debt servicing if you didn’t pay it that year. Yeah. So I guess the kind of the similar thing is again, think about it like a HELOC right.

You can take loans from your HELOC. But I think where a lot of people, they get it mixed up or they have this false sense of needing to pay off that debt. And we get this question a lot, right? I have a hundred

thousand dollars, I took a hundred thousand dollars outta my HELOC to go into this deal.

I’m paying 5%, I think what is that $5,000 a year on that? And they think most of us on the call today, we all pay off our credit card, we pay off our debts, but it’s not like you have to really pay it off. Just like your Helo, right? Yes you do. But then again, if you’re making 10, 15, 20% on this.

Then just let that 5% roll. And that’s what the big companies do. That’s what businesses do. If they’re making money somewhere else where it’s just an arbitrage game and in a HELOC, that’s where you would just let that line of credit revolve and in, in an infinite banking, same situation there.

And answer Luke’s question, just like in the HELOC you’re taking a policy, your HELOC loan from it. Your house is gonna continue go up in value the asset and in this infinite banking world, same thing same kind of phenomenon is happening. But again, like the HELOC is cool, cuz it gets people started and it’s easy to tap that equity.

But at some point you draw the limits of that policy because the banks always play these BS games, which you guys on sandbagging you on the appraisals and giving you worse loan, the values, especially if you’re here in Hawaii, you get these teaser rates and then goes up after that. And then the banks can always pull your helos on you where the infinite banking it’s yours, that’s why the term comes banking from yourself. But you also get the added asset protection, the being life insurance, which you don’t really get with the, he. If you’re one of those high income earners or like a high liability profession, like a doctor, that kind of means a lot to you guys.

All right. Yeah. And I do see a lot of questions about the policy loans. So I’ll try to cover that on this slide, but the, there, there is a way of, so how you access the cash value is through a loan and we’ll touch a policy loan. And then we’ll briefly touch what a cash value line of credit.

So those are the two main ways. So a policy loan, literally there’s no what you’re putting up as collateral is really your death benefit. So going through a policy loan the insurance company knows that you have the death benefit. They know at some point you will die. So what they’re doing is they’re, collateralizing your death benefit.

So your death benefit overall stays the same, but your net death benefit which would mean if you pass away, if you had any outstanding loans the outstanding loan will get subtracted from your death benefit, and then the net death, the net would get transferred to your beneficiary.

There’s really no approval process. As long as you have that cash value in your policy. It’s usually about a two business day process where you go online and you request it. California residents, they do need to print it out, what, sign it and email it in. So it’s a little bit more difficult, but again, very simple same time turnaround as, as far as two business days.

But in, in some companies and they show it slightly different cash value. Norm technically stays the same. Your net cash value may go down or in this case, your available cash value. But for one, for one company we use a lot is guardian. So on guardian, whenever you take a loan out on the portal, you’ll see your cash value actually just remain the same, your net your death benefit.

You’ll see, go down because that’s your net death benefit in regards to how much that can you access. So we like to tell people, if you see your cash value, you can access 95% of that via policy loan. The company, the, your basically paying up front, the ins interest owed till your next policy anniversary date.

So they’re precalculating that based on your loan size. And then they’re holding some reserves to cover that, that one year of debt servicing. You don’t have access to a hundred percent of your cash value especially if you’re doing it early on in your policy or as you get closer to your next anniversary because there’s less.

Reserve required you’ll have access to greater than 95%. But we just use that as a guideline 95% of your cash value. There is another question from Dave about, what happens in the end if you keep if you only ended up with a 10% year after year, because you keep kept on pulling out, but basically 90% of the loan.

When you do take a policy loan, similar to a HELOC versus on a house, the policy continues to grow the whole amount. Once you put your funds in there, it continues to grow that the growth rate might be slightly affected based on the company. And if it’s direct or non-direct recognition, but the policy continues to grow similar to your house.

The, your house continues to grow, whether you have a mortgage or HELOC out on in, and that helps to offset the debt servicing costs. But the main benefit for us as investors accessing the funds is, we’re gonna go put it into a asset or an investment. And a lot of times the, that asset cash flows is what helps to pit on that debt servicing while your policy as a whole continues to grow.

Yeah. And. And, it is sometimes conceptually hard to see that. Get with us, we can do what we call illustrations, where we simulate, Hey, what if I take a loan out every year and either not pay the interest or pay the interest out of pocket or have the policy pay the interest. But we can show the illustrations to project and see, Hey, how will this perform?

What if scenarios or, just for planning purposes. Yeah. And that’s all, I’ll tell you, go talk to Tyler about that stuff. Like the direct recognition. I still don’t understand that stuff. And I think that’s where you partner with Tyler and then, he’s the guy you call when you have those kinds of questions or, if you did pass away, that sad event where you’re worth more to your spouse, then you are, cuz that’s pay out somebody to call, who’s a real life person. Who’s your in between the big life insurance company. I think that’s the value that Tyler provides, but getting a little bit more and we’re illustrating what this whole policy, what this infinite banking thing.

This is a screenshot of a video I did for folks. And a lot of this is in the e-course did you guys go to. Members that simple passive cash flow.com. You guys should have all access to the eCourse, which goes into a lot more in depth that what we talked about, what we’re talking about today, but there’s this video in here where I’m balancing, you can get multiple policies, you can layer them on top of each other, which is a strategy that I recommend.

So you implement at different speeds, but this is a little tracker sheet that I personally made to keep track of. Here I have little policies, right? Where they’re from. The CV is cash value, right? This is how much I money to tap into. And then I might have some loans out at a certain percentage.

So this is my little dashboard just a simple spreadsheet of how one might keep track of this stuff. And then, your future payments that you’ve gotta make in the future. We’ll get into this a little bit later, but like when you configure this with a 90, 10 split only have to do 10% of the commitment money.

And this is the game changer folks, right? If it was 50% then, so you got to put in five times as much money. So if money gets short and you don’t have to really fund this, the policy can won’t collapse or cave in like a black hole. Especially when you could figure what that 90 10, like how we.

But, I use this to keep track of my, 20, 22, 20 23 premiums and PUA paid up additions. That’s what that means here. But the way I’m using this as an investor, this is more, the practical usage of this thing is all right. I’m going into deals, right? I’m gonna put a hundred grand in this deal, a hundred grand in that deal.

And I’m looking for more deals based on here. I’ve got several hundred thousand dollars to tap for some deals, or maybe I wanna put in some hard money and then maybe I get the hard money back and I gotta replenish my infinite banking so I can keep making my return there. This is how one might use this.

This the end game of probably using this product. And, for a lot of people getting a million or $2 million in here and just socking it away might be a good end game strategy. But it’s just really nice to know that you have a large sum cash that you can get at an emerging, especially for you business owners.

This is where I keep a lot of my cash stores. So when deals, if a deal were to struggle, I pull out a big sum of money and put it in there because I’m, I’m not gonna have a capital call. I’m gonna make every like personal thing I can do to make, prevent that from happening for you guys.

But this is where the money is coming from. it’s coming from my infinite banking. So I’ll just call up. Actually I’m old still. So I call up the insurance company and do my loans whenever I want to. But as Tyler said, you can just get on your computer dashboard and have it direct deposited.

One funny thing that I learned is if you, at some point you start to get policies and your spouse, cuz if you’re married to a female, they typically live longer. So the pricing is a little bit better for them, but it gave me a hard time. can I get a policy loan from my spouse’s policy?

Probably because 50% of people get divorced and they maybe they raid their spouse’s in front of banking policy. That’s just opening up the whole idea of not only getting the policies on you, but your spouse. And so people will also get on their kids too. But there’s a lot more of this content in the e-course and then when you become a client additional material gets unlocked, but we wanted to keep that separate from you guys coming in.

It’s not in your guys’ portals now, but we thought it might just confuse people, but there’s a lot of these other techniques that people, in the film are doing and investors that, really comes alive when you start to come to the retreat and you start to mix it up with other accredited investors.

These guys come with all kinds of stuff. Yeah. And one thing we didn’t highlight, so policy loans you are totally in control of that. There’s no monthly statement that comes in says, Hey, you owe this much interest that is truly up to you. As far as if for when you pay that back.

We always recommend paying the debt servicing what happens is, we, they, precalculate the debt of interest owed up to your policy anniversary date. If you don’t make that interest payment, the interest will then get tapped onto your loan principle at the, on your policy anniversary. So prior to that, it’s calculated simple interest.

We like to keep it simple interest. So we pay the debt servicing prior to your policy anniversary date while your policy continues to grow compounding. So that’s also some of the magic there. Yeah. I personally don’t really, I try and keep it stupid for myself or keep it simple, stupid for myself, the kiss format.

I just, once you get past the first year, you’ve paid your 10%, which is all you really need to fund this thing without it collapsing your caving in which is again, why the 10% insurance Is a game changer compared to how most people will configure this with 30% or 50% where you have to put a lot more of money into it.

So it doesn’t collapse. So I don’t really freak out whether it’s, I’m not paying I’m Def like, like Tyler said, like I don’t really pay the policies down unless I don’t have the money and I don’t really worry about, paying off the interest. I just let the cash value pay it automatically.

So I don’t really, I don’t really worry about it, but that’s just how I use my I C everybody’s a little bit different. This is an example of, you have a hundred thousand dollars cash value. What you have available for a loan would be about 95% of that. But in this sense we’re taking a lower loan to value.

So 60,000 simple interest loan, when you take that 60,000 loan, the a hundred thousand continues to earn, and, there’s various dividend rates. And whenever you hear any company announced their dividend rate, that’s a gross dividend rate. What historically what we’re seeing is about four or 5% IRR.

In this lower interest environment, we might see more three and a half to four and a half percent IRR. But in this case I think it’s illustrated showing a 4% IRR. So that hundred thousand dollars policy would grow by about 4,000 that’s $60,000 loan. You have four or five five 6% loan. And again, that’s te technically on the higher side would be $3,000 in debt servicing.

You can, you’re able to take that 60,000 then invested in a asset that asset, even if it’s 6% cash flowing asset cash flows 3,600 a year, that by itself would be enough to pay for the debt servicing. So you have some positive cash flow from the asset, along with the policy still growing. And that’s the beauty combined, it’s better off than just doing one of the assets by itself.

And I wanna emphasize, we were talking a lot about the design and the whole life product. That’s just one aspect, right? The whole banking system is the flow of money. So it really is accessing that cash value to have it work outside of the policy also. So that in, at the end, you have your policy grow.

But you also have assets outside of the policy growing. So your net worth is combined is better than just putting it in the policy and just leaving there that still grows and works, but the true magic is accessing it and growing outside of the policy. So just wanna really highlight that cause that’s where a lot of people, are either debt, aver.

They don’t want to take on any debt, if you take on good strategic debt, then you can really maximize your growth. And that’s what this strategy really helps you to do. Yeah. And this is where most of the life insurance guys don’t really get it, they’re like don’t, you wanna make a higher, I can give you a higher return in this policy than the four, 5%.

But we give up the liquidity and as investors, we want liquidity. So we can take that liquidity and go invest it in an apartment deal or a fixed and Flatt or some other maybe venture capital, right? Whatever you guys like to do. Personally, I like to go put my money in stabilize real estate that I could make maybe a 15% return.

And there’s that Delta, right? 15 minus the 5% that I pay, that’s that Delta and that’s an arbitrage game, but I’m still having my underlying asset, which is the life insurance policy. Grow. So it’s there’s that this is the, where the whole idea of where you’re making money in two places or money is growing in two places.

Yeah. And I, or, sorry the other thing too is, you may hear people call it the, an asset or the dual asset. Cause it truly is that it’s not a, or a lot of people when they’re, when they talk to us, they’re saying I’m trying to do this deal. So I don’t have the funds to do a policy.

It really is a, it’s a compliment to each other. So you could do both, right? Granted you’re gonna lose some liquidity or one, but in the long run that’ll pay off. But it shouldn’t be looked at, you have to do one or the other, it really should be looked at, you can do both. So you would put the funds into the policy first and then access those funds to do the deal.

And the first year is obviously where all the expenses or most of the expenses are taken out of. And that’s where you’re gonna feel the biggest hit, but we’re able to design and tweak some things. So even from year two, definitely at year three, most people will see it as truly a deposit. So when they put that a hundred thousand into their policy, that would have access to a hundred thousand.

Year three, year four and even more as the policy ages. So that’s where, I mean takes some time to really see that benefit, but like any, anything, you need to capitalize it for a little while and then it’ll pay off in, in the long run. And in, in this case, we’re talking you’ll two to three years and then you’ll see the great benefits, down further down the line.

Yeah. And maybe it clicked for you at that point, you’re making money in two places and, so what some people will do, over a million dollar net worth, maybe they have a lot of money in their home equity, even half a million, that’s where maybe they might wanna do 200, $250,000 a year.

And then you can do strategies, maybe get with Tyler, like depending on where your birthday is, this is what I did to kickstart my per mine is I doubled up, like I was able to, back fund for the previous year and then the next year, all right away. So I could fund it, put my liquidity in there and then the next day, get it into the next several deals that came up.

That’s really what we’re talking about. That’s the strategy where we’re coning it with investing in real estate or other business furniture.

Alright. Just some, there was a lot of questions on policy loan rates. Again, this is, as there’s a lot of fluctuation, but for policy loan rates and if it’s fixed and it varies from company to company. And I’ll say guardian is one of the main companies we use. Guardian is a fixed interest rate.

What you’ll feel is a 4.76. So that could be that will be the fixed interest rate for the life of the policy. If it’s variable, then that, that variable interest rate is usually tied to the moody, triple a bond index, the corporate bond index rate. There usually is a floor. So a lot of companies now have a floor of 3% around.

But then that’ll it can vary. And what the company will do is they’ll announce it every year, what their variable rate is. And it’ll, it can’t fluctuate more than half a percent per year. So even though like right now, the interest rate shot. A lot of the variable interest rate company or for the companies that have variable interest rates, they’re only increasing it half a percent a year.

It has no limit on how much it drops. For me personally, I like the fixed rate because we’re utilizing the strategy for long term planning for the stability. I just I like that. I wouldn’t wanna have a variable and the unknowns down the line, but there are those options.

Now we’re not gonna go too much into this strategy, but this is just a, like a preview of, the different advanced strategies that some of our members will do with our policies. As Tyler mentioned, you can get a loan from your life insurance company, and that’s the easy way.

That’s what I do. It’s the easiest thing to call them up or, get a policy loan from them at their, what about 5% rate. But, as most of our financial hackers in our group, they always like to optimize things and they found that they can go to these third party banks that will give them loans on the cash value in their life insurance policy.

Around like the three and a half, 4% range. So they’re making an additional 1% doesn’t sound like a lot, but, they could be saving maybe 20% in interest. Of course like the bigger the policy. And this is what I tell my guys. It’s man, you guys to spend a lot of time on these trade line things, these little things that kind of, moved, it’s moved the needle slightly, but then again, thinking back to when, I was just barely in a greater investor, like this wealth building, journey, it’s all about a game of inches, like kinda like football, those are the things that are gonna get you that momentum forward and eventually push you to that hockey stick of growth where maybe I’m in that stage personally.

And I don’t really, I value my time more than money, if you’re somebody who’s still growing your net worth, these are the kinds of strategies that you could employ by even by getting a lower rate on your loans to increase that Delta between what you invested in and get and what you’re paying your policy loans at.

But again, a lot of this stuff will be in the E course unlock for clients. All right. This is just an example of a typical policy we would do. This is for a 50 year old male with a preferred non tobacco health rating, which is, or, sorry, this actually is a 45 year old male at a preferred non tobacco health rating. The guardian is, we are independent.

We mainly write for mass mutual and guardian. Most of the policies write for investors and including myself is with guardian and that’s because they offer the greatest P wave flexibility. So this specific design is a 50,000 target amount and a funding duration of seven years with this specific design and product the kind of the sweet spot would be between five and 15 years or so of funding duration.

And there’s various reasons why people would choose shorter funding period or longer funding period that, we would go over their goals during a call in this case. It’s a seven year funding period looking on the left of the annual premium breakdown. So this is where that $50,000 target amount, the base premium is really only 45, 46.

So that is what we would call the cost of insurance. Commissions are based off of that. So by shrinking down that number to the smallest we can, and this is basically the smallest number we can based on the 50,000, this is a company limit. That we we’re shrinking that down. We’re really shrinking down the expenses and commissions, therefore, really boosting up the cash value to you as a client, but that 45 46 buys a certain amount of whole life.

That’s $190,000 of whole life death benefit, but in order to stay within that me limits and the IRS limits that $50,000 target amount, you need $985,000 of death benefit. So because you only have 190 of whole life, the cheapest way to boost your death benefit up to that amount is the use of one year term.

So you’ll see this other number $478 and 86 cents. That’s the paid up additions rider scheduled. So that’s so that you can add UAS to the policy, but embedded in there is this $402 and 14 cents of O I T. And that’s one year term. So that one year term is buying an additional, $794,000. So combining that with the whole life death benefit, that’s how you’re getting up to that required death benefit and then allows you to stuff in 50,000 total.

So what would be due on your premium anniversary date or initially to put this in is the sum of 45 46. 478. So that’s, $5,025 is basically an or about 10% is what would be due. And that’s basically all ex insurance expenses and costs, but then that 44,975 that’s paid up additions, unscheduled. So that’s the cash dump.

That’s the flexible portion that you can put in as you please throughout the year. Now there’s a question out there. What if you don’t max fund it that year or the flexibility of it, especially with guardian, not only within the year, you can dump money in as you please up to your target amount or your me limit.

If you don’t reach that amount the remaining amount will roll over to the next year. So say 50,000 year one you dumped in 50,000 year two, you only dumped in 10,000, that extra 40,000 of space will roll over to year three. So year three, you would be able to catch up that missed 40,000. So you could dump in 40,000 in addition to the 50,000.

So you could then catch up a whole 90,000 in year three and make that policy whole. So you don’t really lose the ability to dump your POAs in as long as it’s within your funding duration. So within that seven years, as long as you make your catch up payments within that seven years, then you can do that as you please outside of that seven years guardian in this case, and all insurance companies will require you to go through additional underwriting to qualify again that, Hey, why are you dumping in this large amount?

It did some health. Did you get some health scare or something happen that you’re dumping a lot of this money into your policy? So that’s where the funding duration can come into play. And that’s why, longer funding durations allow greater flexibility. It does require more insurance products.

So there is slightly more expenses, but that’s where we, on our call, we can model out different scenarios. So you can see what best fits for you. Some of the key things that we, the metrics that we like to look at is how much cash value do you have early on and this design maximizes that cash value.

So you look at that column, the net cash value. So dumping in 50,000, year one, you would have $41,735 of cash value. That’s about, little over 83%. So when people ask us, what is the expense of, what is the cost of starting this policy? That is one cost. What I like to tell people you’re gonna lose about 20% liquidity, in year one.

You’re 50,000 you’ll have access to about 40,000 via policy loan. However, in year two, if you’re to dump in 50,000 you’ll see the cash value go up at the end of the year by about 49,000 and change. So still some hit, but way less of a hit as most of the expenses are front loaded.

And then you’re three, if you’re to dump in 50,000, that’s where a lot of people have that shift in mentality from, Hey, this is an expense or premium. I have to pay to more, truly a deposit where they’re putting in 50,000, what shows up in cash value is 50,000. And then every year after that, it just gets more and more, so that’s where also, the funding we can play around with the funding duration because in the later years, including myself, we start looking forward to when can I dump in more cash, more funds into the policy and boost up the cash value even more , that’s that one metric of cash value, then the break even point is another one.

So the break even point in the sense of the amount of cash value you have versus your total outlet when does that break even, and in this case is breaking even between years five and six. So you’ll see, at year five at the, you put in 250,000, you have 249,934. Again, these are projections based on the current dividend rate.

This is assuming, 5.65 gross dividend rate is what this illustration assumes. That dividend rate is not guaranteed. Dividends are pretty likely to happen. As lane mentioned, guardian specifically has been around for 162 years. They’ve paid a dividend for 162 years through, consistently the amount of dividends have fluctuated.

We are historically in a low interest and dividend environment, 5.65. But and we would expect it to possibly remain low interest rates are increasing. So possibly, we’ll see a rise in dividend rates, but this illustration assumes 5.65 gross dividend rate. Every year, there are some tweaks we can do with the design, that possibly pulls that a year ahead.

So breaking even maybe between years four and five, even that liquidity as far as 83% year one, there’s, it there’s some tweaks we could do based on your situation that maybe we can get that as high as 87, maybe 88% liquidity in year one. If you have capital available and able to jumpstart the policy, basically the, so my understanding of this sheet of numbers, and this is the, this is what’s called an illustration.

So this is what Tyler when you guys meet and you guys get illustration, this is what pops up and is given. I don’t really understand all these numbers, but I personally look at is, the net cash value as a percentage to what you put in, like Tyler said, you, when you configure like how we do, typically you’re running away with something better.

You’re losing less than 20% your first year. I know. My first policy I did who, who was taking a lot more in commissions before I found Tyler it was like, Double that or double the loss basically. That’s your little quick tip on comparing these policies. And then, another good exercise is that, it might be a loss of 20% here the first year, but then you start to recruit it by year three.

It might be half of that. 90, 92% is what you get. But then, like Tyler said, like the break even point is always a quick way to compare policies and ultimately how much fees cuz these life insurance policies, they’re commodities at the end of the day, they’re all underwritten and done by the same top tier companies.

Now I’ll mention there are other, some like lower tier companies that you wouldn’t even wanna mess with. In my opinion, you might get a little bit better, but I just don’t think it’s worth it when you know, the whole purpose of you doing this is security and asurity that’s that net cash value.

That’s how you evaluate the break even point. And again like that, most people doing these policies it’ll break even at year seven, you’re eight at best, but obviously, when you ran this number little after your five. Yeah. And you’ll see on that left the premiums go to zero.

So from year eight on, when we’re designing this for a seven year funding, you, we ex you’d exercise the option where at year eight, you’re converting this pre the policy to a paid up policy. So by, by doing so, no more premiums are due. That’s the good thing. The bad thing is then you can’t contribute, you can’t stuff in any more funds or POAs also.

Again the that’s where we can play around with the funding duration. Some knocks on the, this 10 90 design is that, Hey, we wanna fund this for long term. That’s where maybe we would choose a different company that has a different flexibility, but again you’ll be giving up some of that year to year.

Flexibility that guardian specifically is to me the benefit of that is not having to dump in 50,000 on your policy anniversary date, every year you have that flexibility throughout the year. It rolls over and things of that sort as lane mentioned other companies, and I think we cover that maybe in a later slides are all companies the same.

And we, I can go over some of the basic differences there. Did you get a next question? I think that was it right? Yeah. So we are independent. I would say ma the majority of the companies we use majority of the policies you write is for mass mutual or guardian.

Mass mutual has a different flexibility and that’s in the funding duration, but that’s where that the, that company the P way of flexibility is not as great. So the funding duration, they have a lot of flexibility in that. So we don’t have to necessarily determine the funding duration up front.

Whereas with guardian, we’re saying, Hey, this is a seven year design or a 10 or a 15 year design with mass. You don’t have to set that. It could be a five year design, or it could be a 30 year design. However, it’s best suited that you have that 50,000 it’ll dump in every year on that policy anniversary date.

So not too conducive for investors in the sense where most of our capital, we don’t wanna have it tied up and building up and have to put in 50,000 on that, on, within a few weeks, every year early. So you can’t contribute, but that’s another option with mass mutual. Yeah. And just Tyler says, uses the word flexibility.

The way I look at that word is I have three policies, emeritus, pan, and guardian. So what I don’t like about my emeritus is exactly what Tyler’s talking about, which is the the flexibility. I gotta like fund that thing every single year or something like that on the policy. And I think at Penn, I have to do it every other year.

I’m probably butchering this, that’s what it means by flexibility. Whereas guardian, I don’t really have to do that. Tyler tell me, yeah, 10% like this design it’s the 5,000 a year is what you’ll be putting in for a $50,000 design. And the 45,000 is truly flexible and you won’t lose the ability to put in that 45,000 if say you skip two or three years it’ll just bank up and then you’ll be able to make that catch up at the very end.

Yeah. And going over Annette’s other question in this illustration is the policy paid up after seven years and no more premiums need to be put in. I can already tell Annette’s already doing something like this, like this is the, I think this is the downside of the 90 10 arrangement because the 90 10 is great for new people, stuffing a whole bunch of money in here, right?

There’s a deal. You’ve got two, 300 grand, you just throw it into the policy and then you take 180 200 grand and put it into the next deal. That’s ideally what, the 90 10 it’s kinda like the launch pad, the quick start plan. But what I, what I tell most folks is yeah, do the 90 10 get started, get. A hundred, few hundred thousand dollars of cash value loaded up in there and just get that. You might take the money out the next day and put it into deals and that’s great. That’s exactly what you should be doing, in the long run, as in, that’s looting to shoot, as you near end game, right?

And it’s not necessarily how old you are to me, it’s where your net worth is when your net worth starts to go around four, 5 million net worth or even two and a half. If you guys are more frugal out there, you start to be seeing this infinite banking policies as end game for you to where you can make 5% tax free with very little to no volatility.

Then you’re maybe looking for more of a long term place to just store money as deals, cash out. You don’t go into more deals. You just put it into your life insurance and have it grow under your umbrella. That’s I think where, some of the members who are already in that end game stage might be one to that 70, 30 split. Is that right? Tyler? That’s my understanding of it. Yeah. I’m a strong believer in the 10 90 for all situations. I outlet. There’s some questions on here about so main mentioned, there are no deals. In life insurance. That is a very true statement. I know we’re talking a lot about the different companies, maybe different products.

The statement, there are no deals in life insurance is. Yeah. If you look across the board through all the strong mutual companies the product themselves, I think will vary very little in actual performance. Now, illustrations is one thing, actual performance, historically, I think and we’re talking the four mutual, large mutual companies, which is like New York life, Northwestern, guardian, mass mutual, all of those have all fluctuated basically would be performed the same way in, in actual performance.

What I feel is the differences with the companies is some of the nuances, it might be the PWA flexibility or the funding duration, flexibility the portal use, the ability to just go in and do things online on the portal the ease of the portal I’ll throw Penn mutual in there also, cause I think that’s an up and coming company that has been you know, making a strong move historically though that the, the The actual performance hasn’t and there’s not a lot of transparency there from the company itself.

I think they are performing icy. So I think that’s one other company that may get added as far as a very strong mutual insurance company in the future. Some of the trade offs with the, do the 10 90 split or the 90 10 split for me the one downside is that for the way we’re doing it with guardian is the funding duration limitation.

This maxes out because you priest premium is so small there’s a racial on the amount of death benefit you can get towards this 45 46, or really in this case, 190,000 of death benefit. So I can’t, we can’t push the death benefit, say to two mil based off of this 190,000 of whole life death benefits.

So it ma it, it limits that part where you can’t do this, you’d start have to paying a little bit more premiums but it also limits you on, 15 years, 16 years max, maybe for 50,000 design that you would wanna fund this towards now, I personally view, 16, 15 or 16 years as a pretty long funding period.

The true IBC practitioners or Nelson Nash, you’ll hear that you wanna fund this thing forever. I personally feel well you would open up additional policies. As long as you have, you are insurable. If you’re not insurable someone within your family or within your business, you would have an insurable interest for.

So that’s the one major downside you may hear on the downside is the dividends are less because it gets, PUA gets treated different than base premiums and so forth. But from all of the case studies we’ve seen is that overall, even though your dividends may be less, your overall cash value is more.

And that’s really what we care about is the cash value component of it, of the way we’re designing it. We haven’t been able to find one where overall performance, as far as cash value wise is impacted versus say a 30, 70, or a 40 60 design. Because even though on those other designs, the dividends are higher.

The overall net cash value is AC is still less because of the added expenses built in there. Yeah. And I think we’re getting out the scope of the infinite banking today. I think a lot of the people are, that question is alluding to what do I do an end game in my opinion, end game, like IOLs and these putting a whole bunch of money in here, like we’re talking over a few million dollars in life.

Insurance is a little overkill to me. Yeah, you might not be in value, add real estate, but you’re at least in like triple nets and you’re still in real estate. And that’s why the way for most of the people listening here, you guys are sophisticated investors. You guys aren’t like the average, Joe, just throwing a whole bunch of money in life insurance in end game, you’re still making, doing better than 5% if you want 5% cool. If all you need is a hundred thousand dollars, a passive income a year. Cool. But I think most of us in a retirement and end game, we all want, $20,000 of cash flow every month. You’re getting a lot of money in life insurance.

So that’s why I, like with Tyler this kind of goes into more end game financial planning, this is maybe we’ll answer questions at the end of this, to me there’s other investment options other than what we’re talking about for.

That lower risk, lower return, like I said, triple nets, maybe going back into the traditional investment market. The kind of we gotta get through some of these last slides here whole life versus term life term life, the reason for that is to protect you against somebody prematurely dying, whether you it’s, your spouse and your family is left out.

That’s the purpose of term life. And I think everybody should have that at least to cover, at least a million or $2 million. But that’s cheap typically. And a lot of times that’s, in your employment, your employer will cover some portion of that already. So I think that’s two separate things, right?

Again, we’re just using this whole life product to get this infinite banking, building this asset, making money in two places at one time. But when you start to fund larger policies like a hundred grand a year, $250,000 a year, it’s a byproduct of the term life. So a lot of the clients just turn off their term life because they already have it at this point.

And then a, quick discussion on IOLs iOS is like the third portion here we don’t use. IOLs are typically for higher returns, but you give up the liquidity. And typically I would be careful everybody, anybody selling IOLs, they’re typically very high commission products and the it’s a very multi-level marketing kind of a program.

What I’ve seen out there, they get you to, they get everybody to sign up for these Training programs where you can sell life insurance to your friends and families and suckers. And, I would just stay away from the IUL. There is a certain tool for it in the end game, if you just wanted to make 6%, but to me, for the people listening to this webinar today, you guys can do better than that.

IUL is investing for the clueless, for it’s like when, you build up four, five, $10 million plus in your kids and your kids’ kids to take over that money. That’s what they invest in because they don’t have a clue. They don’t have a network of what to invest in.

So that’s, to me what the IUL tool is for, but Maybe Tyler, can you go over like the mutual insurance company, stock insurance company differences real quick. Sure. And I’ll just add a little bit about the IUL. I actually bought IUL. That was my very first policy. That’s what sent me down also this rabbit hole of researching because it didn’t really perform to what I wanted to do now, again, with IUL similar to whole life, there’s a lot of design features in there.

So it probably wasn’t the most or best design, but why I personally don’t like IOLs is the underlying product of IUL is term life is renewable term. Unlike the guarantees of whole life where, it’s a set premium those expenses can be managed with renewable term. Basically you’re buying a new insurance product every year.

And although the numbers and the returns may look great as you’re young, similar with like level term is cheap. When you’re younger, It’s ridiculous when you’re older. If in your seventies or eighties, if you’re having that premium renew every year that’s a large expense and a very unknown cost that I’m not personally willing to utilize this strategy for.

That’s my take on IOLs. There is a question. Can you convert it into an I B C there is something where with all insurance, you can do a 10 35 where you take the cash value of one policy, turn it into another PO or roll it into another policy. Sometimes that makes sense.

Not, I wouldn’t say it, blanketly, it, it always makes sense, but there’s times when we don’t recommend it, or we’re just trying to, would recommend people how to maximize what they already have and not roll it over because there are some expenses, you’re starting over, but there is something called a 10 35 where you’re rolling over the cash value to a new policy.

Are all companies the same? We touched a briefed on this, but what we particularly choose and what we recommend is a mutual insurance company. And, the mutual part is key because that’s where you, as a policy holder are basically owners of the company. There’s no stockholders or anything.

A stock insurance company say Prudential has stockholders. So their vested interests maybe split, right? It’s not purely about the policy holders. They have stockholders that they have to appease as a mutual insurance company with and participating mutual insurance company.

That’s where the company profits are returned to you in the form of dividends. So that’s where, you’ll be receiving dividends from the mutual insurance company. We like, the, we like to play with the large ones. Lane mentioned, there are some smaller ones, some of those limits that we talked about, maybe a lot.

Less restrictive on some of these smaller companies. There’s usually a reason for that, that they wanna, they’re trying to build up, they wanna attract people. So maybe that 10 times P limit maybe 15 or so, or it may be, you could do like a 90 or 5 95 split on a policy. But there’s high risk.

I think with, smaller companies, the unproven track records. I don’t, I wouldn’t wanna utilize a long term strategy with some of the smaller companies. That, that’s where again the strategy is more for stability and for long term planning and I prefer to use proven large companies.

Yeah. And trust me guys, I get approach of all kinds of stuff these days. And like insurance companies show Puerto Rico that supposedly can get you around some tax things and all that type of stuff. Like to me, like you’re not like this infinite banking thing is what, like everybody should do. Everybody should be flowing your money through your infinite policy.

So you can be growing that asset there and then taking out in an invest it right. And make way more money there. That’s the one, two step program to make a little bit more on the, on this banking side. Taking on a lot more risks is just not worth it guys like that’s, I don’t know. I don’t, I just don’t think that’s Wises.

Yeah. And this is another question we get asked a lot. Is, am I too old to, to start this? Or would this strategy benefit me? I’ve had, I have some 60 year old clients 70 year old, maybe pushing it, but again, we can we can run some scenarios and see if it makes sense. The, again, because we’re using insurance, I think the largest determining factor would be being able to qualify.

The age itself, isn’t really the factor. It’s health conditions. Even whether you’re 70 or 40, the health conditions usually is the factor on being able to utilize a strategy, if it makes sense. The biggest thing, a 20 year old versus a 60 year old, if you look at the illustration the biggest difference you’ll see is the amount of death benefit.

So say for that 40 thou $50,000 policy, it’s around $900,000 of death benefit for a 20 year old, it might be like 1.3 mil for a 60 year old. It might be 500,000 for that same $50,000 target. So that’s one obvious difference. Again, we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but that’s one obvious difference as far as the cash value performance.

Surprisingly, it’ll be pretty similar between the different ages. The biggest difference is when you look further down, because this is a long term strategy where, you know, compounding really is impacted later down the year or down the line a 20 year old has theoretically about 60 plus years of compounding a 60 year old or a 70 year old may only have 20 or 10 years of compounding.

And it’s on that back end when you really see these huge gains. So early on it’ll probably perform the same. It might, instead of breaking, even between years five and six, it might break even between years, six and seven for someone, a lot older. But it’s really what you lose out on the back end.

Compounding, at the end of the day, it’s not configured off, like we’re not doing it for the death payout guys. That’s what term life is for. This is just mainly to get an asset that grows in two places. If you can’t qualify. Maybe you’ve got younger kids, you can buy a policy on them.

We’ve had some people, people who are in their seventies buy it on their 30 year old kids who, that’s where you dump all your money to. And it sounds counterintuitive because you think you’re getting a life and policy on your LF, but then again, you aren’t right. You’re just buying an asset and stuffing money into it is what we’re doing here.

And then I’ll caveat this slide that we, we, you would definitely need to consult your tax professional. We’re not CPAs, but you’ve heard the term me and the modified endowment contract. So if you were to cause the insurance product to become a me, then anything you do from there on forward would be taxed.

So even a policy loan take out distribution a, any of that would be, will be taxed. So that’s why by far you, we wanna prevent that from becoming me. There is maybe a time down the line where you want it to me. If you intend not to touch any funds from it, and you just are planning on having it transferred to your, to the beneficiaries, but while you’re utilizing it, we definitely don’t wanna meet Cash out surrenders.

This does perform like a Roth RA in that sense where you’d be able to withdraw your contributions tax or penalty free at any time. You technically, there may be a time to do that also, and we can talk on specific strategies on that, but once you B take it out, then you’ve stopped the compounding on that.

And that may not be wise, especially early on. As far as the other, any other time would be, if you were to just totally pull the policy out or surrender the policy in that sense where any gains above what you contributed could be, would be taxed at that point. But other than that, the death benefit at the upon death, the death benefit transfers tax free to your beneficiary.

It still falls under the state tax limits though. So be aware of that and there may be strategies to help with that. So we’re gonna get into some questions, that common questions that people will normally give us. The first one here is if I become ill what’s just AATE death benefit writer, caller.

Yeah. The good news. So the good thing is with a certain size policy, there’s an accelerated death benefit writer. That’s free of charge that gets tagged onto the policy. That in the event you develop a chronic illness or a terminal illness, you have early access to the death benefit. You always have access to the cash value regardless, but this, often the death benefit is much higher than the cash value.

And in the event, a chronic and that would be basically, you can’t do two of the six daily acts of living terminal illness would be that, two different physicians determine that you have less than 12 months to live. Both I think, bad situations, but the benefit of utilizing this asset again, we’re not doing it for that, but it does have this benefit where you’ll be able to draw higher amounts from it to help cover those expenses while you’re living versus just the death benefit.

And I’ll just mention it too, it’s a PSA. Like we had a guy, he had a, I, a heart attack or some kind of operation on his heart. And apparently he qualified for this. He’s fine today. Probably just can’t do, enter the CrossFit games or do Woff method and go swimming or anything like that.

But, he got a big payout. So if anything happens like that to you guys, talk to your insurance provider, cuz it might trigger getting.

Yeah, we tell the chronic terminal other writers, there are other writers that could get added to the policy. Again, we are utilizing this purely for the cash value component of it. If you wanted, these other writers oftentimes is better off having a separate policy specifically to address those needs. But if someone really wants to, we could add these on guaranteed insurability rider that’s an added cost that you have on your policy that, even in the event that you your current health rating changes that you’re able to purchase additional death benefit or insurance long-term care writer similar to that accelerated benefits writer, it’ll it just allows you to access some of the funds in the event for care.

Again, that one specifically, I think it’s better off to have it a separate policy or a separate life long term care insurance specifically to address that versus trying to tie it on. And then the waiver of premium writer again, also another Expense that in the event that you can’t make your premiums, it they can cover it for a certain amount, but for our design, because we’re minimizing that the PWA or the premium payments that really doesn’t benefit much, because it doesn’t really add much to the cash value since our premiums are so small to begin with there’s possibly, you could have a PUA premium rider, but that would be very expensive as well.

And usually once you one, if you’re able to make one or two years of full payment, max funding, that the growth of the policy, even if you are to just stop payments from there on out, and, we have the policy growth cover the premiums. That’s usually a better strategy than paying for the premium rider.

Yeah. To me, these are like, add-ons on a car, you buy the car to get from point a to point B, just like how you do this IBC to make money in two places and have a store of cash. So all these other things are just addons and other additional fees. I don’t know, depends talk to Tyler if it makes sense for you, but this is this is I think this opens the eye for a lot of people.

This is like a working example of people actually using this dang. And how it augments what you’re doing on the investment side. So maybe walk us through this Tyler. Sure. This was, if people heard me talk about, Hey, if you wanna get a hundred thousand of passive income a year, you literally would be investing a hundred thousand a year for years, 1, 2, 3, and four in syndications, and then year five, theoretically year one deals would be cashing out doubling if things went well.

So the a hundred thousand in year one turned into 200,000 in year two. And then it would you live off a hundred thousand, reinvest the other a hundred thousand and keep the machine going this strategy, this double dip just rolls insurance into that. The I B C into that year, it would require a little bit more upfront capital because of that loss of liquidity in year one.

But in this case, it would be a hundred thousand dollars target amount funding for 10 years. Your actual me limit would be 150,000. So that’s where you can actually year one stuff up to your me limit, but in this case, so this is that blue box. You max fund, you would fund 125,000 year one. You would have a hundred thousand available, in a form of a loan.

So you take that policy loan. Fund your two policy or two deals. $50,000 deals, year two, you have you fund a hundred thousand and your cash value at that point would be about 198,000. You could take out 90 or total. So it would go up about 98,000. So you could take out nine, 8,000, you’d have to supplement 2000 more.

And these are just rough numbers, but that would fund your next two deals. Year three, you fund your policy a hundred thousand. You would have access to that a hundred thousand and to fund your deals and year four, same thing you’d fund the a hundred thousand to your policy have access to a hundred thousand fund.

Your two deals in year five, when your deals pay out, instead of now having living off of a hundred thousand, you could take that a hundred thousand pay or your policy premiums or max fund it to a hundred thousand for that year, and then take that other a hundred thousand and fund your two deals and keep that machine going.

And then from there on, out from your five on technically, your deals are funding your premiums and you still have access to the cash value. On those later deals, you could then do the reduced, paid up at year eight, or because this was designed for a 10 year funding. You could continue funding at.

Most people at that stage when they’re seeing dumping in a hundred thousand and having more than a hundred thousand show up in cash value would wanna continue funded for as long as the design was for. And another concept that I look at this IPC is when you first do this, you gotta decide how much you’re gonna fund it every year for a five to 10 year range.

Basically what you’re doing is that’s your container side. And because we configure with 90 10, it’s pretty easy to hit your minimum contributions. You fund most of your first year, you’re done. You don’t really need to put anymore. So if you lose your job or something like that after you don’t really need to make your next year’s commitments.

And I think that’s a big game changer and it took me like four or five years to understand that myself. But the idea is creating this container to grow. You may not have the cash value inside, or cuz you’re taking the money out and growing it somewhere else as you should, because you’re gonna make a higher yield.

You should make a higher yield outside of this policy, but at some point, and this is the concept of end game or growing your net worth past two, 5 million, you wanna return the money back to this container and you’re gonna wish you had your container as large as could be. This could mean for a lot of you guys.

You. Maybe a million and a half, $2 million of potential cash value funding that you could hide money in there, asset protected and, tax free dividends there. That’s the concept of, this is more, this is a different diagram, which you guys can take a screenshot.

What, all this will be in the eCourse where you guys digest, this is, maybe partially, this you’re starting, you’re funding it like in toddlers standard plan. And then, you start to keep some cashier for unexpected life happenings college. There are a lot of different use cases where we’ll get to the end of the presentation here, but this is there’s a lot of different uses for the same thing.

And, like I said, this is how I use it in the growth mode, when you’re taking the money out, you’re investing in deals or whatnot. But yeah, just a lot of different use cases.

This is maybe a little another advanced strategy of the triple dip. The first thing you dump it into the cash value or the, you dump it into your policy. You leverage out, you can dump it into a brokerage account and then take a security back line of credit and then do the syndication.

So it’s just putting it in another asset that can be leveraged. Again, these are maybe more advanced and someone who you know, is comfortable with debt and strategic debt and maximizing that. But this is where, that same dollar could technically be working in three areas at the same time the limitations or policies. So again, be because it, it is insurance, there’s a maximum insurable amount. Your human life value is what the, what insurance companies are looking at. That’s generically tied to your annual income. And as you get older, because your earning years or less, that means you, you can qualify for less.

You could qualify for less and less. The rule of thumb is based on your annual income. There’s some flexibility with that and we can talk specifics on a private call. One major threshold is a $10 million death benefit or a cumulative death benefit. That’s where usually a third party verification would be required to validate your, the income look at possible tax returns.

And it becomes a lot more challenging once the death benefit crosses 10 mil health, your health obviously 📍 is a big factor on what health rating you get. Again, keep in mind that you’re being rated amongst the average American your age. So it’s it, some existing health conditions are expected.

The biggest thing is that it’s being monitored or are treated and there’s follow ups in that. One thing we normally recommend, if you, if there are, you would go to your primary care or someone to see what your records will look like, because the underwriting process does pull the records from your primary care provider.

And just see if there’s any notes in there or ask the doctor, if there’s anything in there that may impact your insurability. And if there is say, like there’s a recommended colonoscopy, but then you didn’t do it that it now would be the time to do it. So that there’s that follow up documentation in your record.

And now if you become uninsurable for whatever reason, then that’s where you could look at, a spouse who may be insurable some business partner, as long as you have an insurable interest, or why would you, why the need to be pulling a life insurance policy on someone else? That there’s possibilities of that.

So even though if you’re very old, maybe a working child, that they have a you have an insurable interest on, on, on their life that you maybe be able to fund a policy on a working child versus yourself. Yeah. So the 10 million cumulative death pay, or that, that cap at 10 million, most people won’t hit that in their first policy.

I think most people will get up to that in their second policy where they layer on top of that. But, $10 million, that’s like putting in quarter million dollars every single year for six or seven years, I would say most people will start off with maybe, a hundred, hundred $50,000 and that kind of segues into alright, we talked a lot about this stuff today.

What’s gimme a starter. What do people normally do? I did this video way back when my hair was a little longer, or if it didn’t stay down so here’s the use case. So like a million dollar net worth person, they’re able to save 60 to $80,000 a year. That’s the net, right?

Which you save. Most people in our group make, maybe make two or $300,000 a year and they spend most of it, but they have 60 to $80,000 left over. That’s like the net is what I’m calling. So what I normally will say is now take a third of that net. So a third of the 60 to 80 and use that as your base commitment every year for five to seven years.

So what that works its way out to is for most people here, at the very least do 30 to 50 grand a year. But then if you have a lot of like lazy equity, home equity, IRA money, then you may wanna layer up more on top of there. So in a, in addition to your 30 grand a year, Say another, another case somebody has 500 grand of lazy equity, which is very common.

Most of our investors, they come to me in their forties and they have half a million dollars, million dollars in their IRAs or, various places, at least half a million dollars in their home equity and they wanna get it working. And I think this is the use case of you’re supposed to put it in deals, you’re new, so you don’t really know where to put it. Or so the infinite banking is a great way where it is relatively zero risk in terms of like where these life insurance companies are gonna go. It’s a great place to just throw your cash from now, make a little bit of yield before you get your bearing, build your network, figure out where to put your money, who to trust for these deals.

So for this example, if you have half a million dollars of home equity or some other source of liquidity, what I would probably be doing is in addition to your 30,000 a year and in a hundred, cuz you funded in five years or, double up, put, a little bit more the first several years.

So I mean you could fund it anywhere from $130,000 a year to $250,000 per year again, because the way it’s configured with only 10% insurance, once you’ve funded, the 10% of it you’re done, which is typically in the first year or partial of the first year, If, and this is the game changer.

When people are configuring this with 30% or 50%, you may have to put in, another two, three years of payments so that the policy doesn’t cave in. So this is all the goal of this is to get your money into invest, but also increase the container size as much as possible. The 90 10 policies to me is the best tool for that job to overfund it and expand that container size as quick as possible, getting you the maximum amount of the cash value.

So you can go and take it out as a policy loan and invest it in deals or whatever you want and make our money elsewhere and still make money in two places. We, there was some discussion over what do I do after? That’s where I would say, maybe in year two to four, you get another policy on and layer on top of it.

Cuz at this point you’ve taken some policy loans. You get the you get it, you’re more comfortable with fields. So you layer on a bigger policy, big kid policy. And this is what I did. I started with, $50,000 in my first policy. I did that for a few years and I layered another one.

And then I layered another one where I hit my $10 million. And as an entrepreneur, it’s hard for me to verify my records because I don’t pay taxes cuz I don’t make income. That’s make all passive income. You drive it down to zero. One of the downsides is you can’t qualify for more than a $10 million insurance policy.

Or as Tyler tells me, it’s hard, it’s going to be hard. But I would argue, why do you need bigger than a 10 million policy where you can suck away one, 2 million of liquidity. At some point it becomes impractical. And to me like the way I look at money, even in end game, you should still be growing your money in maybe less value, add aggressive deals, but maybe more stabilized assets triple nets, things like that.

But I would say like the lesson learned that most people say is don’t wait and overanalyze. Like I think we got into some of the details a little bit, but is keep it simple folks, like just create a policy, fund it with a hundred grand a year, take it out, take a policy loan and invest it.

It’s simple, very simple. The interest rates and the way these policies they’re always changing and they’re never getting better. So the best time to do it was yesterday. And at the end, like your money is more safe than deals and banks. And that’s why. Tyler. And I will, we’ll talk about, new people coming in, and, I believe in the deals and I invested in myself, sometimes there’s very green investors that have a lot of money that they need to get it working.

I always can say with a clear conscience, I’m like, yeah, Tyler, just sign ’em up for a policy. And just at least make, they can make 5%, on that chunk of money. Because they’re new, they haven’t done this syndication E course or met other people and started to diversify into a multitude of different alternative investments.

But here’s some of the, if you guys wanna start to queue up your questions, we can get going through them after this slide. But here are the use cases that I’ve personally come up with. So starting at the top, or top left, comboing, this, we’ve talked about this quite a bit, investing in investments, alternative investments I’m coming out with a new pro fund where it’s just gonna be a straight 12 to 13% paid monthly.

What better the combo with your 5% infinite banking? You can also combo it for like college savings. They’re at the top, right? This is the 5 29 plan killer. This is the ability to keep money for the short term. Maybe your kids are going off to college in five years or 10 years. Great place to put this money.

The bad thing about 5 29 plans. They’re like 401k plans, they’re investment vehicles for the clueless, and they’re bad because they you’re stuck with all these retail investment products with high fees. And they’re just investments for the masses where all you guys listening, you guys have been opened up to the world of alternative investments.

Sure. You have to grow your network and get comfortable with the people you work with. But as you can typically find better returns and a lot safer in more real assets than the stock market or those investment options. But, this is where, it’s a lot of people use this interchangeably with their college savings for their kids or their retirement.

Bottom left, the end game investor, the guys that are above two, $4 million net worth, they have, they’re totally fine living off of 10 to $20,000 a month. I probably put Tyler in here a little bit, maybe not all your money, but a good chunk of your money is just sitting here just churning at 5% and.

At this point, maybe like a 70, 30 split policy where you can continue to fund it longer term might be better. But that just an opportunity for you to have just, it’s simple, right? If you need some money, just take a loan from your cash value your life insurance company, it’s super easy and your money is there and secured more secure than banks.

And then the bottom, just general new investors, right? You come into the alternative investment space, you don’t know what to do. Some people call it, wow, I got all these options, right? Multifamily, self storage, hotels, right? All these private funds where you’re investing, when you know the people and you’ve come out to a retreat and you meet all these cool people.

And they’re all like, not paying off their houses using debt appropriately, but it’s, it takes a while to get into this world, right? Unless you wanna just start throwing a hundred thousand dollars in a couple dozen places, know this is a great place to put your money and let yourself season let that relationship seasons, let’s see that first round of deals go full cycle.

Before you start to invest larger and larger amounts, certainly get over 20 to 30% in your net worth into alternative investments. But the majority, I would feel comfortable telling people that putting into this stuff is probably more secure, much more than the stock market mutual funds, and probably more secure than just leaving it in your own bank.

Banks fail. But well capitalized in life insurance companies that put people through rigorous health underwriting is a lot more secure. And at some people, some people will do the Helo set first and they’ll feel uneasy about that monthly interest, same concept here, like instead of the HELOC, you’re using your IPC, but for the reasons that, the banks can’t pull your know asset protection.

And I think this’s also great for, a lot of the people on the call, you guys are the more sophisticated investors in your family, but maybe you have older parents or, younger kids that don’t really understand the whole syndication investing. You, if not, let us know, maybe we can give ’em access some e-courses to get a more educated, but, maybe that’s just all they want.

My parents, they’re never going to invest in deals. They’re just stuck in their ways, but maybe this is definitely better than what they’re doing. And I think it’s something that you can promote to them as and feel good that it is very secure. I, I don’t know if the term risk free, but it’s the closest thing to zero risks out there.

Any other use cases, Tyler? I think I missed, or no I think that 5 29 is a big thing for me per se. I don’t, I have a 12 and a nine year old. My don’t con instead of contributing to a 5 29, which I feel is trapped that I put it into a policy also with long term care because you’re growing cash value or you’re growing cash.

Instead of, having a long term care insurance policy, I intend to tap into my, the whole life policy in the event, for healthcare in the future a couple others. So doctors or just high net worth people in general, who are more concerned with legal liability, getting sued.

Like I’ve combo this with my irrevocable trust where irrevocable trust is not a revocable trust. It’s a lot more heavy duty. If you’re under four, 5 million, it’s probably not even worth it. People who are an end game or high liability, like doctors, you can make an irrevocable trust, get it off of it.

But the problem there is like getting your money in and out is difficult and cumbersome. So by leaving some of your money, your liquidity in this infinite banking policy, it’s life insurance, like we said, it is protected. It’s under the umbrella or in my visual representation. It’s like under the patio in a way that you have the simplicity of use and access, but it’s still protected and you can have maybe more or just a portion of your network in your irrevocable trust.

So that’s another way of, use case for this. And then, entrepreneurs out there, business owners, this, I think the biggest thing about businesses is, there’s always gonna be ups and downs. The people who survive the downs are the people who take over the competition that fails and dies off.

The people who are well capitalized are the kind of, businesses never failed. They just lose money or did they just run out of money to keep ’em. But this would be the place where you would put your liquidity for your payroll. In case of a rainy day now, for most of you and you folks listening who are just salary guys, I don’t really see a huge need for liquidity stores.

Most people, three, four months of, salaries more than enough. So this is more for the, on the business owners out there who may wanna keep a few hundred thousand dollars in there for their, their staff of a dozen people, payroll. And Jay brought up a good point, Keyman insurance for a succession team.

That, that is huge also. So a lot of corporations do utilize that it’s a way of having some incentives also for their key employees. A business will pull insurance on their key employees. Business continues to own it, but it serves as a potential retirement incentive or supplemental income for the employee.

Maybe at some point it become, they become vested and you could either transfer the ownership to them or just pay their retirement from the policy as a business. So that is a key thing. One more thing is just, is, generational wealth. I think we touched a little bit about that, but insurance and life insurance specifically plays a big part in that as far as potentially creating generational wealth and continuing that legacy for generations to come.

All right. So we’re gonna get into the questions as you guys are typing into the Q and a box, but if you have to go, you can sign up and get access to the ecourse@simplepassivecash.com slash banking. But if you’re already part of the club, this is the URL to get access to the e-course. So everything that we talked about today broken up into a lot more bite size pieces.

In the the eCourse format that you guys know and love from us and a lot other, cool little tips in there too. I would say, the next step is, just getting an illustration and just moving forward. But let’s let’s hit into these other questions. Let me maybe accept this overall one that stands out.

So I think mark, mark asked as a commission agent, why would you design a policy to minimize your commissions? Truly it’s the reason why I do it personally is because it’s a better product for the client. I’m really doing it for the client first. I am an investor first also, so commissions are nice, but that’s not my livelihood or why I’m personally doing it.

It really is to give back to lanes, community specifically, but other investors also and provide them the best product that I feel is out there. And, truly have the client benefit. I feel even as with the minimized commissions it’s still very good. I’m very willing to share what those commissions are on a call, but.

Minimizing the commissions it’s still pretty healthy the commissions which is somewhat appalling when you hear like a hundred percent, the standard whole life, those commissions are basically 10 times what I would be pulling on the same size policy. And I’ll also comment that if you look at all my business associates, like the one thing I don’t want at this point in my life is nonsense.

And that typically nonsense occurs from somebody who is not financially free and still working in scarcity mode. And, in the deal side, it’s nice to work with high net worth partners because when things go wrong, we just throw in a few hundred thousand bucks each, and get the problem solved and make it right for the clients.

But, business is tough and when you’re not an alignment for the clients and you’re more in alignment or, there’s a lot of people out there, real estate agents, insurance agents, lending brokers, all the people in this financial industry that are they need to pay their own bills, like financial planners. It’s just not people I wanna get into bed with personally. And I, and I mentioned that and they, I that’s just maybe. Life advice for people is when you can get to a point, why do we all do this to get financially favorable? Why well, to do what we want with whom we want when we want that, so that’s why work with people that are, have seen the investments work fi in, in a place in their life.

And it just makes things better for everyone, including myself. , and it’s not like we need to really make money with this life insurance thing either. It just helps augment everything else going on more, less fees, more money to invest. And then, the investments, we can take down better deals in the future.

But other questions here, what life insurance company do you use? We’re not, Tyler’s not captive, so he’s not forced to sell you like a certain company. He can go wherever. Currently I think I know this is where Tyler goes to all these like meetings and they hang out and they do their secret handshakes and they figure out which ones are like the best one based on the rates and the flexibility.

But I think they’re the cool kids are using guardian these days, but, that’ll change all the time. I’ve seen it change couple times these last five years. There’s a minimum amount of a suggested amount of life insurance.

I would say, look guys, like if you’re gonna do less than 10 grand a year it’s a waste of time for everybody guys. Most people are at minimum, I would say, are doing like what 50,000 a year? I don’t know. What’s your take on this one, Tyler? Yeah. The tech, the true answer is, you could do a, any size policy the, that enhanced accelerated benefits writer.

And this is specifically for guardian that gets tagged on for free. If you’re whole life death benefit is at least a hundred thousand. So in that 45 year example, with that 45 46 a year, he was buying 190,000. So in his case, he could go about half of that 25,000 a year, or maybe 27,000 a year would be the smallest policy that he gets that benefit from.

I’ve done, I’ve written policies for people, a th 10,000 a year. It’s. You can see it, but it’s not the, it’s a small policy where they’re not gonna be able to have access to percentage wise you’ll have access to the same amount of money. It’s just that it is relatively small in the sense of why we would be doing this.

Yeah. You guys are investing in private placements and syndication. I would think guys, and you all your networks are over a million dollars. So I would say, like use case, I would say average person, our group million and a half, they are able to save 50 to a hundred thousand dollars at least a year.

And they have a bunch of liquidity, maybe a hundred or a couple hundred thousand dollars a year for five to six years would be a good starting point. But sure, if if you’d like to get a health review twice, that’s what I did. I started with a $50,000 policy every year and then I wish I did more because then I figured out what it is.

And I think that’s where you talk to other investors. And until you get the hang of oh, we take a policy loan to go into a deal. You realize that 50 grand is hardly anything. And then, you start to understand, oh, I nine understand why every, why everybody’s doing a hundred, 200, $250,000 a.

Into this, they just put it in there and they drain it out.

Number three, I think. Yeah. So niece, wait, our question is we are older and don’t have any children. Can these policies be set up for any relatives like nieces or nephews and maintain all the same loan benefits? Yeah. So there’s three main components to the policy. There’s the owner, the insured and the beneficiary.

So in this case you could be the owner. We’ve had, I specifically having haven’t done nieces or nephews, but there could be a reason why we would do that. And there’s insurable interest. The key thing we need to establish is what is the insureds insurable interest to you? Or if you have insurable interest to the person you’re ensuring and nieces and nephews, if you don’t have children could be that something, some, some writeups we’ve had is that they intend the nieces and nephews will in take care of you as you age.

You guys have that agreement. So you have an interest if they were. Pass then you would use that proceeds to hire someone else or, have to care for that. Or the death benefit would be used to find someone else to care for you. So that’s a typical story we’ve presented multiple times, not specifically for nieces or nephews.

But I think that story plays will continue to, then again, we can talk specifics on a call and to get to know all the details. Question four here is infinite banking appropriate to start if I am over the age of 70.

Yeah. We touched about this on the earlier parts, but it depends typically at 70 you might have a working child or someone else that may make more sense starting on them. But again we could just run the different scenarios to see what makes sense. My oldest client is 68.

And it’s yeah, because normally older people have done it on their working children. Question five here, are there no deals? There are no deals in life insurance. And I would say, yes, this life insurance folks are commodities. You guys can go shop it around. It’s just a matter of how much your agent wants to take in commissions.

It’s all the same Dan thing from the same underlying insurance company. But the question is, can you address the downsides of the nine, 10 design or 90 10 design which again is, where you maximize the cash value you decrease the commissions. So once a policy is paid up, we’re not able to sync a big amount into it.

You wanna take that one? Tyler? Sure. Yeah, we I, we actually answered the first half of the question, I think on the, during the call, the the downsides mainly is, there’s some limitation on the funding duration for that target amount. At some point that’s one of the biggest downsides for a 10 90 or a 90 10 design.

But the other question, once you, once a policy is paid up, you won’t be able to send yes. So you once the policy is paid, it, we, you do an option to do a reduced paid up that makes the policy paid up. So you no longer can contribute any more funds to it out of pocket, the policy will continue to grow.

Cuz as you receive dividends, it goes to purchase additional, paid up insurance in that fashion. But the good side of that is that you no longer have to put anything in either and there the premiums are zeroed out. So they’re not taking out any premiums from your policy cash value.

Yeah. And I don’t comment more on that one. Like I think if you wanted to, do you wanted to fund your policy long, long term because you’re in that stage of life where you just don’t care anymore, you’re not taking coupons, or maybe you are, but you’re not like optimizing at this point in your life, right?

Imagine you got $20,000, $50,000, a monthly passive cash flow coming in every single month and maybe you don’t have kids. You just don’t really care, right? Your time is more valuable than money. You may just wanna put your money in somewhere and have it make a little bit money and be able to continue to grow it and fund it with more new, fresh cash instead of taking that cash and investing it, which I think most of the people on the call are going to do because they’re still in growth mode then maybe a 70, 30 policy where you can keep funding.

It might work. But again, I think that one is, maybe talk to Tyler on that one too. Alright, so more questions. Number one here, can you talk about the advantages of using I B C with your charitable giving

you or so, I don’t know about specifically charit beginning, but you could have the death benefit or a charity be a beneficiary of your policy. Or secondly, the, your death benefit could go to a trust and you could have that within your trust. Determine what to give. I don’t know if that’s the question or in regards to your annual charitable giving.

I know if yeah, I don’t know exactly where that question is going, but. I know you can assign, if you didn’t have any kids you could probably assign an I B C to whoever you want. Yeah. Maybe if whoever’s question that was maybe type it into the Q and a box and we can come back to it.

But question two in this example, and I think they’re referring to that illustration page, what is the max we could take a loan from, is it from the net cash value? Yeah, that’s correct. The net cash value column. And we conservatively say 95% of that is what would be available in a policy loan.

So in, in year one, 41,735, so 95% of that. Yeah. The way you guys should be doing this, or most people, if you put the money in, you have 41,000 in net cash value, but you take a $41,000 loan the next day and you go into some deals, right? That’s the way you do this. And then of course, the next year, when you have to make your next premium and paid up additions and you fund it and you get that, but.

At some point, the money rolls in and then you refund it up and then you use this as that liquidity source to slush money in and out of. And then now maybe you’re seeing the big picture on the usage of this whole thing. There, there is. So there is a slight delay because the, you can’t do it the very next day.

You, it would be 10, it would basically be 10 business days. If you’re using that same funds that you just deposited, cuz the insurance company will need it to clear. So they look typically wait 10 business days, then they’ll process your loan. You can go in and request it right away, but it normally won’t get processed till that 10th business day cuz they, they wanna see that the funds cleared.

There’s one way of getting it slightly sooner than that. And if we can provide a bank statement showing the funds, cleared your bank they’ll accept that and then release the funds. But typically that doesn’t come into play unless you’re taking it out right after. So yeah. Good point.

Good point. I definitely, I think that’s where you guys talk with either Bri or Chad or team at simple passive cash flow.com. If you guys. You guys are cutting the wire a little too close there, just, let us know. And we typically can accommodate people. We do this ourselves, so we know it’s the, it’s not like the day of, but it can take a week or so question four, what do you think is a good target of how much percent of one’s net worth should be atypical and best should put into IBC?

I don’t know if net worth is a good thing right off the bat, but I would say whatever excess liquidity you have should be is more of an indicator. And I would go back to my other RX slide on that. But as far as like net worth as a percentage, when you’re under half a million dollars net worth need every single dollar going to investments, not this stuff.

So I’m not I would say if your net worth is under half a million dollars, don’t waste your time on this stuff, go make more money or will save it, save more money and invest it. But I think once, for most investors million dollar net worth, we’ve got X is we’re not the greatest.

We’re not the most efficient with our liquidity. Meaning you got 10 grand here, you got 50 grand in this account, you got. Hundred $200,000 of liquidity or equity debt equity in your house. I think that’s most of us on the call here who are credit investors, I think at that point, it would make sense to start implementing this strategy.

But as your net worth rose, it’s hard to say, right? And I think this is where you mix it up with other accredited investors. You have these types of conversations to me. If we were on a consult, I would ask you what are, what is your long term goals? Do you wanna continue to ratchet up to five, 10 million, 20 million net worth and con continue to grow, or once you get to formula and you wanna just shut off the engines and live life as the 4% rule with 20 grand of passive income coming in every single month, it’s it really matters up to you.

But I, yeah, I don’t know how to answer that question. I know you wanna put in your 2 cents that yeah. I think you covered, the net worth is slightly different. The net worth can play a part as far as being able to qualify for more insurance based just on your annual income.

But I, I don’t it’s hard to say. What do typically the net worths of these guys and, the financial profiles, like what’s I think that’s what the question is asking, right? Like of all the sophisticated investors doing this, what do you see them doing? Think it’s more like people want a bucket size, a certain bucket size. And so say someone wants, a $2 million bucket at some point, but that could be funded differently, that could be a hundred thousand or 200,000 over 10 years. It could be 250,000 over eight years. Or it could be, 50,000 or 50,000 over what was that? 40 years. So it’s really the size bucket and that’s I’m talking like your cash value size at some point in life. That’s usually what people are trying to target of saying, oh yeah. Good point. I think for like most business owners having half a million or a million dollars to be able to get at an end game is cool.

Any more than that, it’s just a little excessive, right? You could have your money elsewhere. This is not a growth option. You should have your money elsewhere making at least five to 10% elsewhere. To have more than a million dollars is a little silly. So yeah, good point there, Tyler.

This I would look at it, not as a percentage of your net worth, but like what kind of liquidity slush bucket that you want to have? I would say at most investors, it’s at least a couple hundred thousand at least is what you want at some point question five what’s wrong or not so good about, they mentioned Northwest mutual, what are like, we’re talking about the flexibility and the rates, but like, why is it that the ones that, we’re rolling with now are the ones that we are well I think specifically Northwestern, we mentioned them as a, one of the strong mutual insurance companies from my understanding, those are all captive insurance agents where they have to be with Northwestern mutual exclusively.

I personally like being independent and being able to be a broker, shop around or see different companies versus stuck with one company. Yeah. Nor Northwest nation is definitely one of the, like the triple a rated ones which is what we’re looking for. But the word on the street is like, when you start to build these policies for liquidity, taking money. Their policies just aren’t set up for that. There’s certainly your cash values. Aren’t gonna be as high, which is the whole point of why we’re doing this, which most financial planners don’t under, really understand what a question here, would it be better to do two policies and keep one going rather than having it total paid after seven years?

So either way it doesn’t matter. I think, it’s like the whole ready fire aim kind of mentality, I think is the best approach here, especially because the stuff here, commodities, and it’s no risk essentially, these stuff is more secure than banks. So the ready fire aim mentality here might be good to just get one policy and you’ll right, size it on the second one a year or few years later. That’s again, that’s my personal, like I got one and then I got another one for myself and then I followed up with one for my spouse.

I hit that ideal bucket size where I will very soon. And then or comments on that. Yeah. So I. It depends, it, because there’s flexibility in how we can design it. So we’re not, even though we show the seven year funding duration you, if you, if the funding duration is an issue, we can design something for 15 years or so, or maybe even longer.

But from a financial efficiency standpoint, I think starting two policies. If it started, if it’s, if you start at the same time, then I think there’s no loss of efficiency. If you’re starting one, maybe a little bit further down the road then one there’s a risk of the insurability. Something may happen over the two years that makes you less insurable, but also even if it’s the same health rating, you’re, you may be two or three years older.

There is some cost to that. But again, that cost may be less than if you started off with a larger policy that you don’t always max fun. So it depends. And that’s where we can go back and forth with some designs to show you the what ifs or compare the different two scenarios.

Yeah. And then piggybacking on the last question question two here. End game. What amount of cash value would you think is too much, 5 million, 10 million. So the cash value is, again, that bucket, that source of slush fund that you I ideally want, I’d say for most people, it’s at least a quarter million to like a million or 2 million.

I think you gotta be careful that, sometimes the cash value bucket size is different than like the death payout, which we mentioned before, we mentioned 10 million, that’s the death payout. But as far as like rightsizing the bucket, which is the cash value portion, that’s up to you personally, just, just know that, your money could be making more money elsewhere, so you don’t wanna go overboard with it.

I don’t know, a million dollars is a nice, if you’re an end game, it’s nice to have the peace of mind that if something goes wrong, you’ve got a million dollars to just throw down. And bill somebody out bail yourself out at some point that might seem like a lot of money, but yeah, end game.

More security is what you’re looking for at that point. And I think the bucket size can be large, but you’re in control of how full it is. Most of, even though say my bucket is too mill at this stage, a lot of that cash value is out deployed. I can make a choice at some point to start filling that bucket back up by paying off the loans or continue having it deployed in investments.

But having a large bucket size is beneficial to me. How you utilize it. You can make the decision and it’s not one size fits all, or you can course correct. Or right now I have everything deployed at some point I may want it full and just live off that four or 5% dividends be happy and not have to have the funds deployed.

So I think, I don’t know for me personally, my goal would be five mill target. I’m not quite there as far as total bucket size.

I think when you’re getting to really end game. Now, you’re thinking about, you’re putting your life insurance in your irrevocable trust and that’s caught an eyelet, but for most people on the call, your guys net worth is not end 20 million plus. It doesn’t matter because you don’t hit those state and federal estate tax limits.

So doing that is really no benefit to you guys, but yeah, we always like to have a conversation over in person when you guys buy a nice bottle of wine, because your net worth is 20-50 million. Of course, if that’s the question you’re asking, but similar on those lines, maybe your net worth is not 20 million, but it’s five.

You may wanna be thinking about charitable giving and that’s this FI question here. So that kind of was a follow up to the last question. And they said your regular annual charitable giving instead of cash contribution, purchase a single pay life policy with no me concerns for a nonprofit on yourself as a major donor to the charity would have insurable interests on you with the charity as the owner and beneficiary, they can use the policy loans for whatever they would have used a cash donation for, and the death benefit to buy more single pay life, making it an infinite endowment. That actually sounds like a very interesting strategy. I personally haven’t looked or used it in that way, but this definitely sounds like Yeah, it sounds very possible to do this.

Yeah. There’s a lot of uses for this stuff. And I think we put a lot of these more advanced strategies in the client section. Because when you’re in the end game, you get a little bored and you’d look for these types of strategies. For now, I think we just wanted to keep it simple for folks, just get going with a policy, throw in 50 grand a year, a hundred grand, maybe a couple hundred thousand a year for now.

And then, get going down the road and make money in two places. The quicker you start doing this the quicker you can make money in places the quicker you can start to create the time space, the head space for you to ask these kinds of good questions and come up with these strategies. Also along the lines of the end game.

One last question came in here. If you still use this bucket for deals or whatever else you want while still compounding, why would you want to limit it? I think the big thing that I’ve personally found and what was a roadblock for myself is when you go over a $10 million death payout or policy.

Now the life insurance companies are gonna want to see a whole bunch of documentation proving that is how much you make per year. And that might be a little bit of a pain for you to do. And especially if you’re not making income at that point in life. So that, that, I think that is another reason why, if you guys are still working your day jobs, you gotta do this now because all these policies are based on your ability to make money.

That’s what life insurance is at the end of the day, you being able to make money, which is why, getting policies on your little kids is a waste of time, cuz they can’t really qualify for that much. Why? Because they don’t make money. They don’t have jobs. So you know, like a lot of it is based on how much you make at your business or how much you make at your day job, your salary.

So it’s one of those things where you set up a policy before you leave your day job or retire. But if you’re already at end game and you’re looking to just keep funding this thing to in turning, I think you’re gonna run up to the issue of them saying you’re not making any active, ordinary income where you don’t have an income source at that point, other than your passive investments, of course, but they’re gonna have a hard time qualifying.

For you, but I dunno, Tyler, any thoughts on that one? Yeah. I, what you’re seeing is I think right on, I think Mark’s specific comment is why stop using your bucket for deals when you, it still compounds, you can still have it out for deals and grow your wealth. And I personally feel that’s a, the backup plan is to fill back up the bucket, right?

And then you no longer have to chase any deals or expose yourself to risk. It may be de-leveraging risk at that point to just say, Hey, I just want that consistent 4%. I intend to have my money working, at some point maybe deals may be a lot harder to find or whatever it is. This can be a fallback plan to have that, four and a half percent.

Dividend returns and live off of that without having to, to deploy money at all for going forward. But there’s that, I think that’s what that, that alluded to the thing about children which we didn’t really touch about. There is a limitation on non, so you can pull on children or minors.

The limitation would be the death limit. The death benefit limit will be 50% of what the parents have as death benefit. So if you, as a parent, have 5 million, a death benefit, a child would only be able to qualify for two and a half million of that. And then the health rating is a general health rating, like what it would be for a group, like at work, when you get group term insurance, It’s just a generic health rating.

So that health rating is not as great. So oftentimes with all of that combined for a minor, you might be able to throw in, eight to 10,000 a year total that’s the maximum you could put in a year still. And because the health rating is not the best, it may not be the most efficient use of that 10,000 purely for financial reasons.

There’s other reasons you might wanna do it for a minor, for a child anyway, but if you’re looking purely financially that may not be the best use of that, that $10,000. Any other questions please type it into the box?

Oh, Luke, raise his hand or, yeah, type it into the box there guys, but I wanted to show you the E course. So you guys know how to navigate it, but we’ll put the replay of this up on here, the way we have this laid out is, the introduction and then we broke out all the little slides into individual sections here for you guys.

And then implementation. And then, once you become a client, get access to the more advanced content here. That’ll just keep things fun and interesting, but this is the e-course, but, they get access to this. You gotta go to simple, passive, casual.com/banking, put your information in there.

But for most people yeah. The only other thing too is that the, it definitely is customizable and it’s not a cookie cutter, one design fits are or meets people’s needs. So that’s where a lot of times it is some back and forth tweaking and that, so a lot of the information we’re provided today is general overall, guidance definitely feel free to reach out and we can talk about specifics cuz there are small tweaks and things to that. Maybe more beneficial for certain goals and than for others so definitely reach out.

Transitioning From Turnkey Rentals and Networking Tips | Coaching Call With Aaron

What’s up, simple passive cash flow! Now on today’s podcast is yet another coaching call with myself and our volunteer, Aaron. Now Aaron’s been investing with us in our group for a while and he started when I was still teaching people how to buy term key rentals and. All that type of pain in the butt stuff.

If you notice we shut down the incubator group, because although I like helping people who are non-accredited investors, it just became a little bit of a not a good use of my time. Because. In the turnkey world or even, buying single family homes through a broker on your own.

The characters always change. And I think most of the accredited investors, at least ones in our mastermind group will all say, Rental properties are just a waste of time and their high liability. You have the personal debt in your own name, and unless you are doing some kind of birth strategy, wiring money to some random person on the, on non institutional level and, one bad relationship from losing a whole bunch of money.

It’s just not worth it. And I’ve said it all the time. Once your net worth goes to be about half a million, million dollars owning rental properties. It just makes no sense. And this is my story. Back in 2015, I had 11 of these turnkey rentals and I had maybe an eviction or two every year, some kind of big catastrophe that happened every quarter.

And you start to realize that, when someone trashes your property and now you’re stuck with a five $15,000 repair bill, you’re what was the whole point of this nonsense, with the headache and liability. And, even when you are working with a property manager, which by the way, they’re not aligned with you, they get paid more money when you have a vacancy, which is completely opposite on the commercial side, where we have we are aligned with our third party property managers on the assets of more in terms of profit and loss, as opposed to, they’re taking in the income from certain percentage of the rent.

Now, if you guys wanna interact with more credit investors who are doing crazy things, like taking money out of their home equity, via Heloc or infinite banking. And despite what Dave Ramsey says to scam and maybe for going on buying a primary residence, especially if you’re a non-accredited investor.

As I always say, I don’t think you should be buying a house unless your net worth is two or three X, that, or that house. Even if you are using debt, come out to one of our events and get to know other people. And definitely gonna be different advice from what your parents taught you and what your broke coworkers are doing, who are probably gonna be working there for the rest of their lives.

Come out on October 1st, we’re gonna be in Napa. Check out those details at simplepassatcashflow.com/Napa and October 6th and seventh. Especially if you wanna get boots on the ground and actually visit these properties that you invest in come out to Huntsville, Alabama. I know that’s a little hard, which is why the price on that one is a lot lower and subsidized for that.

Because we know it. Time investment is more important. But you may have to take an extra plane to get there to Huntsville, Alabama. You can either fly into Nashville, Birmingham, or straight into Huntsville, depending on where you’re coming from, but that is gonna be October 6th and seventh.

We’re gonna be doing a little party for the unveiling of the Chase Creek apartments, our latest development, and you can get more information by going to simplepassivecashflow.com/events where you’re also learning about our annual retreat in January, 2023. There too. Again, make sure you guys are part of our club because if not, we won’t let you come.

We always put it out there in our free Facebook group. But if you’re a high net worth accredited investor, I think that’s the type of stuff that you guys like, and it’s apparently it’s worked for us in the past that we’re really the only investor group out there that, highly vets, the people coming in for not only net worth their professional status, but as people too. So again, sign up for the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then check out our events that are coming up October 6th and seventh, Huntsville and October 1st in Napa valley.

And with that if you enjoy the coaching call and if you guys like this or you wanna volunteer for a future one, please email the team at team@simplepassandcashflow.com. We can change your name around. We don’t have to use your video. But that’s a great way for some folks to get some extra one hour guidance with myself. And we’ll give you the recording too. I guess. But thanks for listening folks and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive cash flows listeners. Today. We got Aaron here. He’s going to be doing a hot seat with us. So I’ve got your personal financial sheet up. If you guys are listening on a podcast, probably want to jump on YouTube and check this out if you want some visuals here, but welcome Aaron on the line.

And for joining us, maybe give us a little bit of a background. Just people get a sense of where you’re coming from. Yes, sir. I’m happy to be here. I’m excited to sit down and talk to you a little bit. Background college graduates started lurking in a kind of corporate America, so I decided I wanted to have more time to control my schedule.

So I ended up starting a small business, which is house cleaning, which I enjoy thoroughly. And so ups and downs there, but it did manage to have some extra cash flow looking for a home. And so I started exploring the world of investing, which led me first to stocks traded those for a while and returns, but ultimately it was looking for cashflow.

Continue the path of finding my time being more in my control. So it wasn’t there and I started looking at turnkey rentals and started my journey that way. Where are we geographically, do you live and about how old are you? Kids are. Born in Ohio and Michigan spent some time there.

Kurt grew up in Minnesota, went to Stillwater high school, which I thoroughly enjoyed, moved out for college to Colorado, which is where I currently live and met my wife. We have one child who’s sick, a little boy who is a lot of fun. So that’s geographically we’re at 40 years old and things that have that worked.

So it’s about where I’m at as present. Cool. It is in the cleaning business. And a lot of people don’t know. That’s the old lawn Mowing business where you get people to work for you, but on steroids and nobody wants to do it. That’s why it’s pretty lucrative. It’s nice because I wanted a business that had repeat customers so I could build over time.

So it’s not always looking for the next customer once you finish the job. So it started the background and construction, and I ended up a lot. There were, you can have a really great year one year and then almost nothing. Next quarter, it’s just a constant process of trying to find the next clients.

So the nice thing about this industry and what I like a lot about it is that you have to work a lot less hard. You develop relationships over time. And through that, you’re able to have a very lucrative and consistent job. The downside of course, is finding people who want to do the work. So that’s a struggle, but the main value I’m able to add to the marketplace is to find the people who are willing to show up and keep showing up and doing.

Cool. So let’s dig into this a little bit. So you jumped into turnkey rentals a couple of years ago, or about how long ago? Two years ago, give or take, and let’s talk a little bit about how you came to that decision and was it about, was it the right choice and it was your experience there.

Sure I listened to a lot of podcasts and read a lot of books. Of course, a lot of it starts with a little purple book. We all know so well, which is rich dad, poor dad trying to find assets that throw off cash flow. So I was trying to find something real. He did a lot of research time for about a year calling around talking to different people from knowing nothing at all to trying to find someone to partner with and found a group out of Memphis.

What I thought was a great tune in is a great team. What really took me off as I talked to several competitors of theirs and they all had nothing but nice things to say about their business practices and how they take care of their clients. And they were hunters. So I decided to go there. They might like many turnkey rental places that had a wait list.

So I wasn’t able to buy it. As much as I wanted to right away. So it took me about two years to get a four properties about as fast as they would let me enjoy the idea of leverage and the first, for the first year and a half. And what were they well and then just started to notice that the returns a hundred just really were undercut by the turnover in clients.

The small things that happen in probably know the value of properties I was at. I was relatively really solidly B properties may even be minus what would you say? The price in the rents or on the course? Those are a little under a hundred thousand. So we hit the 1% rule pretty often. So if it was 60 or a $70,000 house, I got $800. For the door. So it was hit by the 1% rule. So I think the cheapest house I bought was 65. The most expensive I got back was 95.

And now you’re not looking for turnkeys today, but how late is 2019. Now the pricing and rent values are still about the same. I know, I actually think it’s much worse. I was in the process of making some money on the sale of my properties, which surprised me in some ways because people were willing to pay a whole lot more for the same rent. I think by math, the last two I sold looked like they net a hundred, $150 a month per a unit. And from my point of view given what I’ve been through, that’s just not something.

To cover the incidental cost. They may hit all the numbers as far as maintenance and missing renters. But, it just takes one even a broken window and all of a sudden you’ve missed half of your income for the year. So it’s been much harder almost to the point of, it’s hard for me to imagine how people are buying.

Turnkeys at the price points that are now being offered to the same people I bought a couple of years ago at ones I thought were safe. That was theoretically adding on paper between two 50 and two 70. Most of the doors I bought and I just never saw that and felt, I feel like it’s a really tough choice nowadays.

If I were doing it again, I feel like it was even more than it was not what it was advertised. It felt mostly a little like I got false advertising at the end that the numbers worked out that just really it’s such low amounts that it didn’t take much to wipe out all your income for possibly a couple of years and just wanted to spend, yeah.

Maybe getting in the nitty gritty hair D where you are on your underwriting, where you include like five, 10% for vacancy. If I have 10% for repairs and maintenance, I was, yeah. I could pull up the spreadsheets if you wanted. That’s probably too much for the unit, but yeah, I looked at ages 10% on probably the combined between vacancy maintenance.

Just wasn’t sufficient, honestly. I think what people don’t realize is like the vacancy will. Come up at five to 10%, right? Like how you said, but what people don’t realize is when you get a vacancy, you’re going to have to pay up to half the first month’s rent. So that’s like another.

Five to 10% right there. Yeah, for me it feels like if I were doing the math again, there is the 50% rule you hear a lot about with full pull, your own real estate, where you expect to get about half of the rent amount in terms of profit. I feel if you apply that as a model back, did he not say, okay, if I add my vacancy, my repairs, my mortgage, can I still make money?

If that’s true. Yeah, it’s a little bit the same, but I felt yeah, exactly. They don’t take into account things like you’re going to pay up to a month. Actually, many of them suppliers, now you pay a month of rent every time you do the transition over. And to me, it also is just the repair costs in turn was more than I thought it would be too.

There are according to the averages between, 800 to 1200. And I think the cheapest turn I had was 1600 and I had several around 2,500 and they weren’t. They weren’t trashed places. It wasn’t holes in the walls and people were just mad and spray painting things. It was just they left stuff in the yard.

They left the house and it just took extra time. They had to come back in and mow the grass once a week on my dime, that kind of stuff. And they did a great job in many ways. The shocking thing for me is that many things went well. It wasn’t one big blow up of man. You should have seen this place.

It took all the profit away. These are just very normal every day, Hey, the, we had, I, we saw evidence of cockroaches, so we’re going to spray everything down. So that’s another in between. So this isn’t while I live there. So I had to do pest control for a whole year.

That’s another, two, 300. And then you add that to another thing. And another thing later in this field I just, I had $14,000 go out between the four properties in a three-month period. And it was just like, I’m just, don’t feel like I’m going to make the kind of return I can get.

I did the math and figured out I could basically buy us savings bonds and get the same return. And, I will second that the thousand 2000 for change orders. But then this last one I had, it’s going to be like, I don’t know if it’s only 10, 20 or 30 grand or fixed this latest one up. So commiserate, like, all it takes is as you did, you have a three grand turn. Like my God, like that’s all your profit for a decade. Feels like one to $200 a door. If you’re going for, I’m going to make even a percentage, it looks okay. Cause they put in $15,000 or $20,000 in. And if I get $200 a door it’s $2,400 returned as a lump sum return.

Sounds great until you realize that. Gosh, and then you talk about insurance and you talk about legal covering, even just for businesses. I just set up a business in Tennessee. It has a, I think it was a one to 3% on total net assets tax. So do you want to run the risk of having a personal umbrella insurance or do you want to have a corporation run it through that?

And then again, And really come back to really buy into your profit margin. My thoughts are like turnkeys as I think everybody should start there, if you have no experience, especially. And then, but what would you say Aaron to like, that younger kid, just out of college with just maybe 30 or 40 grand to his name is w what should they start off with?

I know both of us are hated on turnkeys right now. What would you say in hindsight? I think in hindsight, I would say that double the expenses that people are telling you, or an average when they’re selling you a. And if you can still make money then go for it. Like I would say, start talking to people and get real honest about how much the cost is really there.

And then do it, run the numbers that direction and make sure that, in comparison to other spaces, even again, bonds, like looking at municipal bonds at three to 4%. Now, if you’re taking 8% return, you cut it in half due to expenses. You’re only there. It’s hard to say, go after it at these prices.

Even if someone doesn’t have a lot of options, I really look at them and say, that sucks, but I’d say, find a different vehicle unless you can find one. The return plus 4%, you’ve got to get higher than that with real expenses and real, talk to lane and say, okay, break it down for me.

What am I really looking at in terms of real expenses? Cause I, one to two grand turns is just normal. And if you’re only expecting to make 12, $1,800 on that and that property a year, I don’t know how it works. I don’t know how you make money. Yeah, one more time. You might get appreciation, which is nice and good.

And certainly it helped me, but that was a lot of emotion, a lot of money coming in, especially if you don’t have a lot of cash coming in from your other business. I did. So it wasn’t tragic. I, I, maybe we go through this, I’ve got a decent amount of extra cash I can throw at it.

I went to $14,000. Expenses came through at three months, it wasn’t coming out of my living expenses. It wasn’t coming up. My family’s experience of lights. It was just unfortunate. And if you only have 30 grand and you’re looking to invest it, I just really make sure that you have a lot of margin or find another vehicle.

All right. And you know what, one thing I just wanted to point out for the folks. You went with one of these like perennial, turnkey providers. I think you knew going in that they were overpriced, but I know you for just stability. Yeah, I think the burn method, if you can find someone to walk you through that, it’s got a lot of attraction to it.

If you can make that three to $400 or even $500 a month, if you have the money and you have someone you trust, I could see maybe that working. I just think the turnkey has presented me even with someone who’s good at this. Just make sure that they’re offering more than $150 a month as a prize, as you went with like the Maserati trying to provide services there.

They have this waiting list because they have turnkey providers lining up around the block. I don’t know if I would recommend doing that. Oh, so you’re a lot more experienced now. So you don’t get that white glove treatment. And this is another reason why I don’t like the Facebook group that we have. I really stay away from recommending anybody because things change.

Try to keep providers. They’re just low-end flippers. Most of them that once they get better, they go do more retail flips and they get out of the gate. So it’s this constant battle of trying to find a new bathroom. It’s good enough to be good at what they do, but not so good that they end up cutting my margin so much that I actually don’t make as much.

Exactly. So that’s the plug for the mastermind. So we kind of trade providers and do that, you gotta pay to play guys. Sorry, I can’t just give up free referrals. Cause you guys have been wasting my provider’s time. Just calling them and wasting time. So sorry about that. Okay. So let’s talk about your property on Wren avenue down here at the turnkey at yeah.

That’s I don’t know what that came from, honestly. Sorry. Oh, okay. Okay. I got it. And I went to delete it. It’s pretty profitable. That it might’ve been, I was trying to represent The P the money I put into the, I’m sorry, the sorry, the apartment building. We just did. We just completed it. Oh, okay. That sounds like that address really.

Yeah. That’s the multifamily we just completed and that’s the Gavi now. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I was like, that was that look, that’s an apartment building. We did that. I was like, man, that looks really a,

so yeah that’s 60,000 is what I have there, okay. What kind of dig into these personal financial sheets here a little bit. So you’ve got about 40 grand in liquidity. Did you liquidate the turnkeys? I did. Okay. Okay. And then you’ve got your home in cash. So what I usually am looking for is where is your lazy equity?

So you’ve got a little bit here, right? You could probably do what you want, let me ask you a question. Do you want to live in this house ? The long term I do. My first step next will be to get a home equity line of credit to attack some of that. Okay. If you didn’t want to live here. I would say of course sell it right.

But just move and get the equity all out. Cause like he locks are good for, because you can, it’s a reversible thing. It’s not like you sold it or you paid at one person origination rejuvenation for a new loan. But the bad thing is you don’t get entirely at all the equity because right now you’ve got about a hundred grand equity with the HELOC. You might be able to get 50 grand. Sure because they like to have that lazy equity. So they’re secured. So you’ve got about maybe 50 grand to play with here with a HELOC that you figure.

So you’ve got about 90% of firepower ready to go. Your net worth at the end of the day is about one 60. I think it’s just 60 out of the other things. So that’s a little bit more than that. Okay. Okay. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s what that was. Okay. Yeah, that was the multi-family. I just didn’t know what to put it, so I ended up there.

Yep. Okay. So what were, what are your two options at this point? And then let’s talk about this.
Are you asking? You’re telling, asking, oh I’d like to continue to look at renting my money out and building into the multifamily and or others indications. I’m a bigger fan of having more passive and the passive side of equity. I’m not looking to start another business. Did I feel like a lot of the options are?

So that’s what I’m hoping to do is to find a space that I can continue to grow. Investing into other people’s projects. I figure I can put 120,000 in, I got another 60. I can do this year, depending on what I want to find, and then, easily 60 a year after that growing as my returns grow. So that’s a six year plan to get myself to a half a million dollars invested in returning capital, hopefully around a 10% mark and I’ll come to you.

So this is what I look at it. If there’s one indicator of financial independence is they take this number minus this number, which is this. If you’re making, if you’re able to save more than 50, 60 grand a year, and you’re liking the top, at least top 20% of the people I talked to, which is like the 0.01% of the world.

Whatever that is. So that’s a big thing. It’s just not an analytical waiting game, right? This is the frustrating part. When you’re trying to grind from 200 to 500 to a million, and it’s gonna, it’s gonna, even if you didn’t even invest it, you’re gonna, in five years, you’re going to get up to half a million, right?

Yeah, three 50, but yeah, so what people don’t realize is when I started with zero it took, I bought that first property and then bought another property and then 10 31, and then this, it took me like seven years to get double digit units in that, just, it just moved like turtle speed. What about the idea of trying to go and find a broker and property manager and kind of piece together some single family homes yourself?

How does that idea sound to you? I’m not against it. Actually I feel fairly burned from the last experience of the turnkey. I don’t think it was necessarily just the turnkey side of it. I feel like I’d like to. Find a space where I feel like I’m more aligned with the lead investments idea. I like the idea of multifamily or at least the idea that I’m not the direct customer.

I feel like when I’m with the property management, they’ve meant really neat ways of making sure that they get paid. And I ended up being the first to get paid from the Abara complex. Ultimately they’re there to key in, on making sure the apartment complex is as proper as possible. So their incentive.

Is aligned with mine. I feel like I’m a little bit at odds with the property management and synchronization. But the syndications in theory, they sell them. Awesome. You have an asset manager and there are those, who’s a partner that manages the property manager day to day or week to week. But they don’t all go well. That’s the correct, w it’s just like the turnkeys, he thought it was good. Then you touch the stove and you’re like it hasn’t, we haven’t touched this homeless conversation with you works. How do I, who do I trust? And is this just one more?

It seems like on paper, but not to get through it three years from now. I’m like, yeah, that didn’t work out nearly as well. I think we’re in terms of where your net worth is right now. I think if you are like 500, 600,000, yeah. No brainer syndications, all the. But the fact that you’re in this quarter million, 2 million land, you, you may have to put a little bit more sweat equity to get it done quicker. Why is the return so much higher in a single family? I think what you’re not seeing is because you want the priMadonna turnkey provider. And the returns are very slim with them. And then you didn’t negotiate well with your property manager.

It shouldn’t, they shouldn’t take a full month’s rent on the first one. Yeah. Those are just some, but yeah, a lot of them out there were advertising that. Like I think if things go well and I think you’re going to get better and as an investor, you could probably beat what’s indications to you.

Don’t want to, you definitely don’t want to do that term. But it’ll get you to half a million quicker, but you save pretty damn good. You’re not like some guy who’s only able to put 10, 20 grand into the bank. Every. I do feel like it was in a couple of years, I have, between the equity, my, and my home, and I can get to 120,000 this year.

And, maybe 60 or 70 next year allows me to at least put chips on the table. Whereas indication goes, yeah. If I can find some willing to deal with someone like me, honestly, that’s a big issue. Not clearly not a qualified investor, so it’s a whole lot more difficult to do. So that’s what I would say is, it sounds like we’re w we see it both ways.

I think I wouldn’t totally not look for your own deals if you need. And if something looks very good, then be patient and pounce on it, just like the syndications to. Sure. And also it’s a sort of a misnomer it’s not you get access to more deals 90 to 97% is the statistic I heard of deals are for non-accredited investors.

It’s just, you’re not seeing because you’re not part of those networks. In my opinion, sometimes the credit owning deals aren’t as strong because they have to pretty much throw a hail Mary up in the stands and hope that they can get investors in mark. ‘ cause once they market those deals out, then they can only take accredited investors.

That makes sense. So I guess for me it’s how do I, I would look more towards, joining the right networks, even if I have to some way I do so to make it work. But on the other hand, I’ve only got, 50 to 60 grand a year to deal with. So that makes. Difficult as well. So I get, I feel like I’m in between, right?

This is what makes the scratch finally make it, it makes it so much sweeter because it was so difficult to get there. So talk to me about like time your resource of time. Is it better made finding more deals or connecting with more people or is it putting it back into the business and make more top line dollar?

It’s more connecting with people I’ve. I had the employees I want, and I’m fairly unwilling to keep on growing that side of it. Just because it’s, the turnover is killing my business. So I made a decision a couple of years ago that I’m not really going to grow much beyond my current level. So that’s, and, coming out with 50 or 60 grand worth of cashflow that I can use for investing, I don’t the amount of effort or take to add.

Without dramatically reducing it. Does that make sense? I’d have to reduce the amount of free cashflow to have to grow the business. And I feel like I could do better trying to find either network or other investment opportunities to run alongside my business. Then I would put in time and effort and money back into my business.

I buy that for sure. It’s most guys that are like, for example, doctors it’s just to get paid hourly rate. Yeah, it sounds like you’re up against a little bear or very yet the push through. I’ve got a pretty, I make a decent amount per hour, but I, to increase that Maura would take a different level of business that. Okay, I hear that. Any other questions? Like the life insurance, if banking is probably not going to be for you because you’re going to meet every single dollar to throw at more investments where assets that precinct. That’s what I feel about it too. So that’s my impression of it. I didn’t do the research into it.

It seems like I’m trying to find a way and I say my job is that if I can find a way to even make two or three grand a month of passive income, it’s not an all or nothing thing. I can back off a day, a week and find more time than possibly be a better investor, as opposed to spending all my time working and then just trying to invest in the margins.

So I have the ability to work, whatever number of hours I want. But that will reduce my number, my hours when I’m making. So if I can offset that, I can do that. More easily. And I think a lot of doctors or lawyers or engineers can tends to be more of an all or nothing kind of situation. That’s why also is attractive to me to try to find a way to make that return.

Even on the quarter million to the half million side would really change. Yeah. And if it doesn’t make it perfect. So I tend towards the, what I’d like to see is, who do I talk to? How do I get either mentorship or find a group that fits this category? And I’m not sure that there’s one which is I’m done with single family.

I have some free cash flow. I have as much free cashflow, as many doctors do perfectly. And trying to find a way to make the. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you have enough Coles going into the furnace is the, as the thought. And so there’s really not. Maybe the other option you haven’t thought about is as you expand your network, maybe you partner with as somebody in the summer position and you guys go after 20 units with each other.

Yeah. I can see that. That’s never really happens until you build the relationships and you meet the right person. And so if you weren’t, I know you’ve done this. If you were to build relationships from zero again, how would you go about doing it? So one mistake in relationships tomorrow, how would you start again?

Yeah. One mistake that I see a lot of people making is they go up to the person speaking on top of the stage. That’s the absolutely wrong place to go and not to sound like a jerk or anything coming to me as probably the wrong place to go. What I found the most effective is finding people on your left.

And then you that aren’t to any, they’re just working through their own stuff and you see if he sticks around and those are the people you trust, right? Because you see where they came from and there’s actual a real value exchange, both ways. They help you, you help them. And you guys want to get up to half a million dollars together, and then there’s a million dollars together.

From a high level that’s like that you think, or the places you think that person would be, I’m not asking for you, I’m just talking, where would you go if you had that position again? I know, I don’t know if I would recommend the local rehab because there most people there are broke.

That’s why they’re going to a local. It seems like one or two people. And then. Yeah, you do there. You’re not in the same place. I am put that way either they’re broke or they’re well successful that they’re not really. Yeah. And you just have a bunch of sharks there too. That are just from the stuff, the house flippers, just trying to stuff people into their deal and give them 10% on.

Take on all the risks you already know. That’s just lane. You’re an equity investor, not a debt investor at this point. So that’s. That might just tire you out, going to those types of things. But maybe I would go like maybe not every month, go out every other month, just be consistent.

You start to the point there’s now you try and realize who are the sharks and not to waste your time with them. And then who are the newer people coming out? And those are the people you’re trying to find, but you gotta get them up for the sharks. Get. I also know you’ve got the, a friend finder thing I haven’t really explored.

Do you think there’s people like me in that network? I could find. Yeah, but I don’t, I might be shutting that thing down because I just don’t have with, and here’s another thing I don’t like to connect people on, let’s say want to be connected. I do the double opt-in.

Standard operating procedure, or if you want to talk to this person, I go to talk to them first. If they want to connect with you. That’s just not cool if I just connect the email, but this all takes time and I got 40, 50 people in the mastermind now. And quite honestly, I need to focus more on them than the feat, the free Facebook groups and all these other free things.

Sure. There so unfortunately, I would get value out of the mastermind or the people not like me, or are they more still looking at single family and not there? Yeah. I don’t like the setting thing, but I think, yeah, you should probably join that thing. 20 or 30% are still in your shoes picking up their first few rentals, but majority are vetting bigger deals as a past.

Okay, but I think your net worth will be a little bit below the median. The median net worth is like 800,000. Okay. So maybe, I don’t know. Maybe that’s a good group to be part of. I don’t know. I’d like to be in a place where, you know, clearly, the, again, maybe too large, but I clearly want to be a place where people are smarter, more experienced than I am.

Yes. I’d rather be not room struggling to, have the, had the pressure to be like, okay, get better, faster than in a room where I feel, not that pressure. They’re not, I wouldn’t say they’re more experience. They’re all newer, but they’re very humble. And that’s what I like.

So it’s a good group of people like high paid professionals. That’s like shooting fish in a barrel, and that’s obviously not free, but so let’s get back to the free stuff because the person listening to the podcast is a cheapo. So I don’t mind spending the money. I want to find the space.

And I realized that quality people, and I’m just for the plug for the cheapo out there, I would say, Hey, spend a couple thousand dollars or several thousand dollars to fight. Someone who actually knows the answer. Otherwise, I think you end up with what I did, which was a lot of free advice. I ended up putting me in the premier Truckee area because that’s where I got funneled, which is, I’m not blaming anyone in that way, but I’m more than happy at this stage of life to try to find a way to spend money, to find the actual answers, not just the marketed answers.

Does that make sense? Yeah, the bread crumbs as I call it. Are those people who paid full time to go work at work. People just like me, who got just enough money. And that’s what the marketing is. The marketing to me who wants to just, I’ve got money. I want to spend up. I don’t wanna spend a lot of time and I want an easy solution.

That was me. Now I have learned more and I need do better than that, but that was who they were. So the goal is to find other people that are along your journey, that. If you’re doing turnkeys, maybe like how I had a few people in Birmingham with that I could bounce ideas off of her, or if my property manager wasn’t performing, I’m asking, oh, are you still using that same guy?

So that we all kind of band together that, but just, that’s just one example. Another example is just holistic wealth building ideas, or maybe even want to partner up and do a deal together. For example that’s what you’re trying to create now. How do we do that? I don’t know.

We’re not giving people much advice. We’re not doing a good job. I guess that’s what I’m pushing you. Why I signed up for this and I can be nicer in a minute if you want me to say something else, what is beyond just getting out of bigger pockets. What’s beyond just reading a bunch of blogs, listening to podcasts.

There’s something between that and the $40,000 mastermind, like what is, what exists between those two? I’m willing to spend the money if I need to, but I need to find a better source of advice than what’s free on the internet, because that led me to a mediocre. And I’ve been listening to podcasts for over a decade now.

And I’ll tell you that the podcasts are the same old stuff. I don’t even listen to podcasts anymore. And so what I would say the next step that I went down. Is get around. You gotta pay to go to like higher end conferences. Okay. You have to pay over a thousand dollars to attend these things.

And part of that is just getting around people who are more serious than the $50 weekend seminar crowd. But then I think what you’ll find is some of those groups are, they’re just not in the right. They’re more go getters. They’re more, $5 net worth guys that want to do big deals. You don’t want to find guys like that.

What I found was like other doctors, lawyers, engineers that were 10 years older than I was. So I was like, oh, I better copy with these guys too. I didn’t find out until I started joining these groups for 20, 30 grand membership fee. But once you get into the group, It’s amazing how easier gets, but you’re just trying to find a few good people, build a relationship with them, stick around for a year or two, and then eventually, hopefully they find somebody other groups or you do it’s really is the long game.

I’ve got one 20,000 I’m considering, but again, it gets back to I’m making good money per month and I can spend it. And I’m looking to stop trying to be the hero in the, do it myself, DUI. Yeah. I don’t recommend ever paying over that amount. I’m thinking about joining this one mastermind, just to give you guys access to more providers and like lending opportunities.

That’s an invite only one. And it’s only 25 grand. For me, that’s like for what it’s is it’s nothing. But I don’t think you need to spend that much. My, my program’s like under five grand, that’s a sell it, but I think the cool thing is if you want to do it the traditional way, you got to go to conferences.

You might have to go to a few of them. So that’s a few thousand bucks and you have to go fly there. And then it’s really like shooting fish in like a huge pond. Like you gotta meet the right people. You got to kiss a lot of frogs. You got to go back. If you’re an introvert, you’re going to go back to your room, super tired.

And hopefully you picked enough business cards. You can come back and hopefully rekindle a long lasting relationship. But I, yeah, step one. I think Erin is go to your local REIA. Cool once a quarter or something like that, at least, who are the sharks and who are like the new people that you want to connect with.

And now you had that your lens, right? How do you navigate that? That’s a scenario. Okay. But any other things that kind of comes to your mind? Things you might want to try. Yeah. I, I do, although the world, again, looking at things like note investing and such, you still look are interesting.

I’m not sure if I should or shouldn’t. I feel exactly the same way now. I feel a little kind of shy. Like I want to find somebody to walk me through how this might work. Yeah. For a lot of the passive investors that listen to this podcast for higher net worth guys, if you’re not, I don’t know why he listened to us.

Really the only things you want to do as an operator are like non-performing notes maybe self storage apartments, once you get to the assisted living or mobile home parks, those are more hands-on right. It’s a spectrum. Most hands-on operators like non-performing notes. For example, you can do that in the comfort of your home, living in Hawaii or Los Angeles.

Or the other ones, you gotta be boots on the ground that said, if you want to do non-performing notes, you have to go to the bootcamp. You gotta pay to play the 20 grand or whatever it costs in my humble opinion. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, I feel like I would need a guide in that kind of world. It doesn’t seem like a bad place, the questions are pretty endless, but if you want it to do something like non-performing notes, The way you circumvent that 20 grand pay to play method and just stop beating around the bushes.

You go network with the right people. And maybe that one of those people you network with that you build a long-term relationship with. Maybe they’ll want to teach it to you. There’s some sure injuries, right? Yeah. So that’s the only other thing on the horizon I think, was looking at those kinds of ideas. But I like the idea, like you said, no, that’s not an equity play. I’d like an idea. If I can find a way that your equity plays while also doing cash flow, that seems like at this stage of my development, trying to get to half a million rather than a million, I have to.

Yeah. I talked to this other guy the other day, all he’s been doing is. That deals at 10 to 12%. And I’m like, where the heck did you get in your head? That this is the way that you’re going to build your wealth while you keep talking to these fixed flippers that try to swindle him and their deal.

Do the math 10, 12%. You’re never going to get anywhere. You got the equity, especially if you only get it nine months out of 12, like it just doesn’t. Most of your time, your money is off the table. A good amount of it. I think the problem is. People don’t realize people look at what rich people do.

If you are like a million and a half, $2 million net worth for above and this stage of the market cycle. Yeah. You might want to be a debt investor to hedge your investing. But that’s not what somebody, half a million dollars, should be doing. You don’t have any money. You got to go make some money and go into equity investments.

You need them all, and you need all the tax benefits that go along with it. So again, that’s where you have to get around people, right? You can’t just listen to free podcast advice where it comes in your head one direction. There’s no feedback loop. And this is what’s nice about this conversation, right?

You get that, ask these questions that you get. And that’s why I really stopped typing stuff into the Facebook group, because I don’t type very well. You have to speak in terms of absolute, but it’s not absolutely every person, every situation is.

Okay that, that has helped. Cause I was tempted by the honestly the 10 and 12% I’m thinking maybe that’s a safer, more consistent return. So that, yeah, but you gotta, I want to get from a quarter million to half a million to a million . It’s a long road, if you’re gonna go that way.

And when you’re over a million then you can consider it, sure. That makes sense. But each of our own, if all you go to his local RIAs, that’s all you get presented with so much a flipper is looking, Hey, I’ll give you 12%. Yeah. If that, the people that I use, they’re all very experienced and you can actually rent the property out and make some money.

If things go really bad. So they’re giving a lot less than 4%, you pay for what you get. It’s very you can talk to Sam, but you’re taking a lot more risks than you did three years ago for the same amount of, yeah. Yeah. So sometimes you’ll see it, the local REIA is Hey, I want to borrow money at 15%.

Is this guy ever done anything, the first time I’m not really sure. I’m probably overpaying. Yeah. Yeah. But it’s a good deal, man. Yeah. It’s hard to hear. Cause I, like many other places, are immune. The average house is like $350,000 right now. So it’s hard for Colorados to find that space even more reason why not to do it right?

Like California or Seattle. There are 600 houses there. They’re wanting people to come in at half a million dollars. That’s everything I tell you not to do as a syndication investor, right? Don’t put more than 5% of your net worth into any one.

Yeah, that goes back to my goal of, okay I can save you for the next six years. If I put, if I consistently say at this Mount, which I’ve done, I proved that I can do it. It’s not just on paper. I’ve done it for over a year now. And spread it among, first, 10 and 20 different syndications. I don’t know if there’s a better way of doing it currently that I see.

Yeah. I think there’s a little bit of work to explore it off. Get your own deal. Because you are more experienced now. So I would say keep that road open. And then as you expand your net worth network, things will open up. I think in the beginning, when you were just two years ago, networking with anybody wasn’t going to do very much, but malware where you’re at this stage, then the network was really mad.

And I think that’s a big mistake that a lot of new investors make, they go out there and then they network like crazy, but it’s yeah, you’re networking with a bunch of other people that haven’t done anything that’s useless. But now that you’re at this stage, then the network is really where, that’s really where you have to put your energy.

I think that’s good. That makes sense. But cool. Anything else you want to chat about. I think that’s about it. I just appreciate your time and gave me some feedback. It’s hard to find again, like you said something between, you’re willing to do it for free and I’m really grateful for it.

We tried to make it definitely a lot cheaper and that was the vision. So I didn’t think anybody should pay 15, 20 grand to get started. That’s ridiculous. But yeah, simplepassivecashflow.com/journey is the URL to apply for that. But I think it would be a pretty good fit. Thanks for doing this, Aaron. And stay tuned for the next episode, guys. We’ll talk to you guys later.

Wealth and Purpose | a Death Sentence With Kevin Roth

Hey folks. Now, this guest that we’re gonna have on today is gonna be telling his story of how he got bad news from his doctors and he was gonna die. I recorded this podcast way back in January of 2022, and I started to work with this guy as a life coach to help me unravel all the messed up stuff in my head.

I’m the first to admit, we’re all programmed to go to school, study hard to make a lot of money to save more money, to invest it, to make more money, a sick, sad thing. When you think about it, at any point we could just leave and die and go elsewhere.

If that makes you sad. Maybe you guys need to look for some higher being, which is what I’ve been looking for. And Our guests today, Kevin Roth, have helped me uncover this in myself and helped me. He’s really taken the time to understand what we’ve been doing at simple passive cash flow and we’ve come up with this character for myself like Robin hood, where not quite we steal from the rich we give to the poor, we fight back against all that financial dogma out there where, everybody’s supposed to invest in these wall street investments that got a cahoots with the 401k.

That’s supposed to leave your money in there for the rest of your working years only to find that it makes your AGI explode and your sixties and seventies. Exactly what you don’t want it to be. But I digress. That’s what I see myself. I’m a little bit of a, I like to have fun. I like to cause a little midriff and I see myself as this Robin hood character minus the tights. And I like to distribute the real information out there. A lot of the stuff that we talk about on these podcasts and for me, that gets me off. That’s like my thing.

I really enjoy talking to you folks. After you guys get into our database, simple, passive cashflow.com/club, you book that onboarding call. That really, I tell Kevin all the time, like 80% of the time, eh, maybe 90% of the time. If you guys do your homework and listen to some of these podcasts first. I have a really good time helping you guys out on those calls.

So if you haven’t done, so yeah. Let’s get to know each other a little bit better out there, but when we first started to work with each other, I would say in the first several months he said to me like, Hey man, you don’t have any feelings. I’m like, what are those?

And I think what I like about Kevin, he’s not like one of these like young life coaches that has no experience in just reading from the book, but he speaks some experience and, from other groups I’m a part of their masterminds, that’s a big thing is to speak from experience

One cool fun fact about Mr. Kevin Roth is he’s the guy that’s saying that child Thomas train, shining time station PBS kid show way back in the eighties. I believe. I’m not gonna sing it for you guys nor can I put it on this podcast because YouTube will probably not allow it to play, but you guys have probably all heard this song or maybe your kids did, shining times station.

But that’s Kevin here, that was in his first life. And, he’s been there, done that, he got really famous with that song and some other folk music and actually getting to know him a little better. He hated that stuff. He doesn’t like little kids , but it was just a means to make money, which he later found out wasn’t very important when he got that cancer diagnosis and he found out he was going to die.

Obviously the guy’s still living. And I talked to him pretty frequently but that’s just a little fun fact there. This was a start where I got to know him, he got to know me better. Then I brought him over as a personal consultant.

And what I like about him, he says how it is, and he resonates with me may not resonate with you, but I think some of the takeaways from this podcast will be pretty enlightening for you folks. Just have an open mind and if this is not your cup of tea, then cool.

If it is, further reading would be to go to an article. I wrote about happiness. What is this all for? At simple passive cash flow.com/happy. Are we just here to save money and make a lot of money at our job and get a high ranking profession or buy a bigger house?

Surely it’s, raise kids, if that’s not your thing, what is it, what do you put on earth to do? At any point it could all end, but anyway, enjoy today’s show. If you guys have any other questions that regard this stuff feel free to shoot me an email, lane@simplepassivecashflow.com. And yeah, here we go.

Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are going to be talking about a little bit of a morbid topic, right? We all plan for the future 10, 20, 30 years, but who knows? Maybe this year, next year could be it for you. I just got back from a retreat with our mastermind and sure we’re talking about investing, I think it typically moves towards non investing topics like family, planning legacies, and, enjoyment and having gratitude for what you have is worth the topics.

Typically go through. As people build more relationships with each other. And today I have a guest Kevin Roth. He’s a life coach down in San Diego. And he has a great story. And, Kevin wants you to kinda introduce yourself and tell us that story. And I think it would be very impactful for folks listing as you’re driving to work, working hard, saving hard investing for the long term, but, we want to do these types of podcasts to instill a little bit of awareness into, what’s around us and, being, having more gratitude for what we have.

Okay it’s nice to be with you. So I’m going to take 50 years and condense it into two or three minutes. So you get a quick overview. So basically when I was 13, I saw a musical instrument called the dulcimer, which is if you’re watching this, you can see the instrument above my shoulder. And at 16, I got my first record contract and I made subsequently between then and now about 50 record albums.

So my goal when I was in my early twenties up to about early thirties, maybe 35 was if I became rich and famous, I would be happy. So I got rich, I don’t know what riches to anybody these days, but back then having over a million was a lot of money. This was in 1990 something. I wasn’t Bob Dylan, but I was killing it pretty much.

And I became quite well-known because I sang with him to a hit PBS TV show for kids called shining time station. So I was involved in having my own company. So I did my own licensing deals. I managed myself, I occasionally got an agent that didn’t work. And I had a music attorney. Who’s still my music attorney, some 48 years later.

So basically what happened is in 2015, I had burned out from the music business. I had made a lot of money in real estate and lost a lot of money in real estate. I made a lot of money in the stock market and lost a lot of money in the stock market. And then out of the blue I got diagnosed with stage three melanoma.

And told me, even though they removed one little lymph node and a little spot on my nose, that there was a 70% chance it would come back within a year. And I would be dead within two to three because there’s no cure for melanoma as we’re talking today. So this threw me into, what I call the sea world cancer, which I never thought I’d ever have to look at.

I worked out, I was healthy, I had everything. Oh, outside looking in, it looks pretty good. And then I got a death sentence and I told my clients and people that interviewed me. There’s nothing like a death sentence to wake you up. So I had to decide that if I only had a few years left to live and I had lost a good deal of money with medical expenses and other little things, how did I want to spend the next couple years.

Because money didn’t seem that important. If I was going to be dead I had enough fame, I didn’t need more of that. And so what it came down to is I thought what do you really want? Forget what Mr. Mrs. Jones has down the street. I had long, probably a few years prior to that, I’d figured out from someone I knew who was making three, $400,000 a year in corporate America came home and had four martinis to numb his life out. And that vicious cycle that wasn’t the life I wanted. I have a relative who’s got as he likes to say more money than God, and he didn’t seem all that.

What did I want? And so who I was and who I am is I’m an artist, I’m a musician, I’m a writer, I’m a performer. And it was important for me to live in California, where it’s beautiful here in San Diego, hanging out with my dog and living an authentic life. But I had to change my mindset. I had to go from, creating a life of abundance through what was really important.

And I got involved as most do when they get something like a major illness, you get re-introduced to the spiritual world or religious, whatever your take is on it. Okay. And how long did this take? Do you go through like the steps of. Doubt or anger. Maybe when I got diagnosed, how long did it take you to come to this realization and maybe walk us through some of the, oh, you got a really fast when you have a couple oncologists tell you’re going to be dead in a couple of years, you don’t have a lot of time to contemplate that.

The first thing you do is you’re in shock. The second thing you do is what do I do now? Because you feel powerless. You feel out of control. And then there’s Western medicine and you have to understand that cancer is a big billion, billion dollar business. And then there’s the Eastern way, which is people who cure themselves without chemo or radiation.

And they do meditation or they change their lifestyle. So I had to figure out who was doing what? So I looked at people who survived stage four melanoma and had a bump. I met this particular one woman prudence, Sinclair, and I said, show me what you did to get through this. There’s something now called epigenetics.

It’s actually been around, but it’s about the amount of body, mind connection and how you think and how you feel really affects your system. So what makes people ill is stress and inflammation. Those are the two liter leading causes of it. So if you’re really overweight Or you’re really stressed and sugar really invites cancer.

And if you get on the wrong side of cancer, not that there’s a right side, but if you get them a really wrong side that’s it, on, on the earth plane. So they say, ’cause I don’t believe that death actually exists, but that’s all another podcast. I got a little angry and I got very fearful and I started to look at different oncologists in Kansas, where I was living at the time. It was making a new record album with Paul, with Peter Paul and Mary, and one of my heroes. And there was one guy that I really liked. I bind it out cause I have an empathic kind of quasi psychic sense about me.

So when I talk to clients, I look into them and help guide them there besides just the practical. And this one guy wasn’t taking any new patients, but I had to get in to have tests done. So the woman that ordered the test, I went in to get the tests done. And then when I got the results, unbelievably, the cancer had not spread anywhere.

But then she wanted to send me to a doctor who did the lumpectomy. So I said, if you don’t see any cancer, why are you studying to be a lumpectomy doctor? And she said, because it’s protocol. So protocol is we don’t know who you are and we don’t know what’s your name is we don’t care anything about you, but it’s protocol.

So next in line, please. And that really pissed me off. So I went to leave her office and as I was leaving, I saw the oncologist card that I wanted on the desk. He worked there and I demand. But I leave her and go see him and why he was not going to leave until he gave me an appointment. I got in to see him.

He was the only oncologist that told me. I agree with you. Kevin don’t do anything right now happens in a year. Cause there’s no cure for this. Let’s deal with it in a year. So I had to wait a year to find out whether this was going to come back. So you go down the rabbit hole really quick. These things also happen when you lose every dime you have, but the Bernie NAIDOC kind of guy or something, so tragic happens in your life that you hit bottom, you hit your head so hard.

It’s such into a different reality because no matter how much money you have or investments you have or whatever it is that you have, you’re not going to have it when you’re dead. So you have to it makes you really look at your life differently. Did you have the kids or anything? I have a dog, I’ve got some friends and a family.

But I don’t have any kids or anything like that. But I your life rolls on whether you’re single or you’re married or whatever it is that you have, but it sends you down the rabbit hole. So the clients that I coach. That come to me or interesting people. Some of them are very rich.

Some of them are doctors, medical doctors. I have a psychologist, I have clergy. I have a lot of professional people who come to me, who some of them worked for the government who were on this kind of circle where I’m okay, but I’m not happy. I’m stuck, I don’t know what to do. They’ve already discovered that having a lot of money doesn’t buy happiness.

They’ve already decided that, especially with COVID, life is short and I don’t know that I like what I’m doing anymore, and a lot, that’s why the big resignations happen. So there’s nothing wrong with success. There’s nothing wrong with investing and all that.

But if it’s your focus, if that’s the reason you’re doing it, you’re missing out on a really big chunk called your life. So there’s a way to do this and to be really happy. And it’s called mindful awareness and to reevaluate the things that I teach. So one of them is what really matters to you. Why does it matter to you? And the third thing is what are you going to do about it? What’s your plan and exit? So a personal coach like myself, I really call myself a life consultant, teaches the tools that I actually use to get through all of this stuff and to go from basic surviving, to thriving, I’m in a much better financial position now and everything like that, but I’m very aware of What’s going on in my life and what I wanted it and what I don’t want to step into.

Like I tell people now to step into that, it’s like seeing, you’re walking along and you see some dog stuff on the sidewalk, don’t step in which means you avoid stressful situations. You put yourself in places where you have a little more control and you can choose what is authentically a right.

They think some people, some of us, we’ll listen to podcasts, we hear different tips here and there do some goals, personal goals, settings, but it’s, it’s always harder to do self-diagnosis on yourself because it’s you. So what are some typical, those people start to think, what do they want?

Why do they want it? What are some tips? Like maybe a stories they tell themselves so that you see, it’s very common that when your clients coming in, just for, I believe that most people come to me are very hard on themselves. And that comes from a way back in there, the way they were raised or what happened to them or what didn’t happen.

My theory, I teach with the coaching. I have certain tools. I also teach us a musical meditation called Dulcey meditation. That’s adults were above me and I teach people how to play that if, play a dulcimer, I can sell them and I teach you how to play. It’s real easy. And it only takes about five or 10 minutes a day to find clarity, but people come to me and they’re really hard on themselves.

They have a lack of clarity and the. On they’re in the rat race, but they don’t quite know why, and they don’t know how to get out of it. So what they tell themselves is I can’t give up what I have. So one of my clients lived in New York city and he lived in, I think, a studio and he was paying an astronomical amount of money.

And I said, why would you do something like that when you can work for. What’s your dream? And he said my dream is to have a little cabin up in the mountains of Asheville. I said, sit down there. I said, oh, I can’t go there. So I worked through, I work with people and show them why they can, and what’s holding them down to New York, ego status being a high roller.

None of that really matters because there are a lot of people who were very successful that live in the middle of nowhere. That are really content. So you have to define what success, successes, mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual balance. You can have all the money in the world. If you’re sick.

Nothing’s good. Nothing feels good. If you are conflicted spiritually, it affects the way you view life because I also teach besides the spiritual end of it, the science end of it. Science quantum physics now goes with spirituality in telling people that what you think is going on really isn’t going on.

It’s a drain. It’s an illusion. So it’s a matter of having balance. The other thing I teach is that we’re all going to have good days and bad days, but it’s how you ride a surfboard. Out here in San Diego, people are always riding the surfing, up there or out there in Hawaii.

But they know how to ride the wave. Without getting clobbered so that those are the tools that I teach. And here’s the key to the whole thing. There’s two expressions that I use, especially on my online course. It talks about this a lot, but one of them is if you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.

And the other one is. When you replace what doesn’t work in your life with what does work? You don’t go back to what doesn’t work. So when I got the diagnosis of cancer, I’d put all the money I had in the world on the fact that it was brought on by stress. Cause I was majorly stressed out for three years and it was all financial and the emotion, it was ludicrous, but that’s the lesson that I had to learn.

You just look at things and you say, you know what? I just got diagnosed with cancer. I’ve got this relative who calls me and she’s very negative and she likes to scream on the phone. I’m not going to answer the phone anymore when I see her calling because I don’t need it. I’m not going to, I’m not going to do things that don’t serve me.

I’m not going to do a lot of negative things and I’m going to take time for me. I’m going to meditate. I’m in it. I’m going to exercise. I’m going to really start to enjoy my life. And that’s the power of this associating relationships. I think that’s a lot of people have this problem that I don’t do this anymore.

If I don’t like somebody, I just don’t interact with people think I’m a jerk, but I don’t know. I just, but then on the other hand, if people pretty well. And you get along with them. It’s going to be the opposite side of the coin to yeah. I was chatting with someone. I hadn’t even really met them.

We were talking about something yesterday or the day before. And he said, I said let’s get together to meet. And he said you’re not going to like me when you meet me. And I said, I’m not. And he said, no. He said when people hear my story, they, I repel them. And I said to him, thanks for telling me that.

So let’s. That was it. If you’re telling me I’m going to not like you, and I’m going to say, you’re telling me that you’re troubled to start with, you’ve got to believe what people tell you about themselves. I just backed away from that cookie. I just said, okay, I’m a personal coach. If you want to talk about things, let me know.

But, what I see negative situations, a lot of them that I sometimes produce. I stopped myself in the tracks. Like for this podcast, we had some technical difficulties, right? So there’s two ways of looking at it. One is okay, we’re starting late. What’s this technical stuff. Why isn’t this technical stuff together?

I completely switch that mindset. And I go, okay, this is great. It’s going to give me a chance to get to know, to get to know you a little more and it’s going to be fun. So again, it’s when you change where you look at things, the things you look at change. Some people know how to write the surf.

Some people just lean in it correctly. Yeah. You acquire a taste. So when you get a death sentence, you acquire a taste for peace and positivity and health. Okay. That Hershey bar no longer has. The possess that had was, it’s sugar and it’s crap food, tastes good, but it’s not good for you.

And you know that by doing something else. Is going to make you feel better now it doesn’t mean I’m not guilty of occasionally having my favorite Hershey bar because I really love Hershey bars, but you understand that certain things in life serve you and the way you look at things serve you.

It’s a matter of loving yourself, not in a selfish you could just to away it’s about saying, you know what. I really figured out that I am a spiritual being, having a human experience and I deserve to be happy. And how do I find happiness, real happiness. A lot of people I know who don’t have a lot of money here in San Diego.

And you think that we’re in a lot of people because it said, how could you afford deliver? They’re happy, man. I saw some guys eating some tacos, they were obviously. Yeah, backing it up, man. They’re just chucking it up with beer and tacos, having a great time. I have another friend who’s it’s worth four to 7 million in real estate himself.

He’s always worried. He’s always got problems, nothing’s ever good. He’s already about the elections. He’s worried about COVID he got some street workers, they’re having a top level with a beer Latham and I observed that and I say, No. What is it about the Headspace and the heart space of these people?

And you learn a lot about yourself. Some people look at the exceptions, right? There’s 10 tables at the bar or 10 stools at the top of the bar. One of them was twisted a little bit and they focus on that one where you could look at it a different way. At least somebody put the damn stools out for a change.

Yeah. Yeah. You figured out what you need to do to make yourself happy for me, a lot of it is silence is creating my own space so that I can write my I’m writing a book about all of this. Next year I’ll start probably doing some touring with these workshops that I give. And I’m always thinking about my clients my clients, aren’t like if you’re booked from 10 to 11 on the Thursday after 11, I don’t think about it till the next Thursday.

I think about my. All week long. So I’m very careful who I take on as well, because I want to be sure that we’re, that there’s a simpatico, but I love what I do. I really love it and I’m good at it. The only reason I’m good at it is because I had to live through it. I didn’t take a course in it.

You can’t take your course in death sentence. Okay. You’re gonna have all the degrees in the world. Ain’t going to work, buddy. You have to be up against it and to say, oh my God, now. And you learn, American Indians have this wonderful thing called the red road. You learn about life that way.

And I only teach from experience. I only teach from experience and things that I read and study that I find that it’s true, which is why I bring the science element into this whole way of living too. It’s very simple, it’s a really simple thing, and this is a kind of a classic. Ending up the story where, the Kevin goes through an issue.

He develops the systems and processes to get himself through it. And he becomes very compassionate towards others. People’s going through the same situation or can benefit from those skills and tactics that he developed going through the struggle. And it can be no different than somebody who went through.

Bought a rental property and now financially free. I think everybody maybe is maybe 10 to take us. Like, how did you go from getting through, this terrible, that sentence, building the skills. And how did you find this passion that you know your business today? We all create stories.

I am a real estate broker. I am a husband. I am a wife. I’m a corporate leader. Those are the stories that you create in your mind? My story prior to cancer was I was a recording artist on television. I’d made a lot of money and got a lot of fame. That was who I was. It really was the two I wasn’t was what I did after the cancer.

The story changed because I said, I’m going to move back to California. I’m going to be a Bohemian and I’m going to be an artist. And if I live a year great, but I’m doing it. And that was the other story I created when you create the story that you really want, not just in your head, but you connect it with your heart.

I hate to sound a woo, but the universe opens up. So I found an apartment for a thousand dollars, a one bedroom with parking here in San Diego, which is like hitting the lottery. No one gets an apartment for a thousand bucks, but I did. And I started to just be myself and then, said to me, what’s your next thing?

And I thought maybe I’ll make a new album. But the last time I had made, had been thrown in the pot for a Grammy award. And he said, dude, you got 50 albums. What are you going to get another one for? Why don’t you teach people what you did to survive and go from, a death sentence to no cancer and living a happy life.

And I never dawned on me to ever do it. I didn’t know that there were things called life. But I looked at it and then I started thinking what did I do? What were the steps I took? And I put together a formula, I hate the word protocol, but I put together a list of what do I do every day? How do I look at life?

And then I started to get a couple of clients and their lives change really fast. One city term marriage, the other one redirected their baby. So that they downsized, but tripled their income because they stopped fighting themselves and so forth and so on. And I was amazed at not just what I was able to teach them, but what they taught me in the process, when when a medical doctor comes to you and they say, I can’t do this anymore and being burned out and I don’t know what to do.

This is a highly intelligent medical doctor, very sick. So I took what she wanted and I said let’s create that. So there, there are certain tools that you do that with, but it’s different for everybody because it depends who you are and what you’re coming to me for, but it’s a combination of again, knowing what matters, why it matters.

Your game plan and understanding that you need a spiritual or religious connection to something. And that what that is scientifically real. So it’s not woo. It’s like real. And I also watched by the way, a lot of near death experiences on YouTube, because I love those things because all these people who have died and come back, and these are doctors and lawyers.

These aren’t like. They all say the same thing that they all felt like they were home when they were dead or flat-lined for X amount of time. And my theory is that all of us are looking for that sense of home in this earth round. So we think we’ll get it. If we’ve got enough money, we think we’ll get it.

If we have enough power, we think we’ll get it. If we have the American. But we’re chasing our calves. You need some sort of root system to know who you are and then those other things come around again. It doesn’t mean that you can’t be very successful and happy, but you need to know what true happiness is for.

There was this life like, is it real or is it just an illusion or is it we’re in the waiting room right now to go later? What did she have this way? People say the science says that the universe is expanding so into what right. People say everything is your mind.

It’s all in your mind. Where is. So people say I in my brain. So if you dissect the brain, you’ll never find the mind. So what is mine? So all these people like Deepak Chopra and these neuroscientists and blah, blah, blah, they’ll tell you that it’s consciousness. So what’s consciousness. So when you look at what consciousness is from a scientific viewpoint or the Vedas or the you upon the shots all the way back spiritually into the texts, this war, it’s an a.

It’s a dream. It’s like a sleeping green, but we’re awake. So when I first heard that, I thought you’re full of crap. Amy, I’m looking at you. You telling me that I’m not looking at you. I’m not looking at you because if you look what we’re looking at, each other on the screen doesn’t exist. If you look at it on a molecular atomic level, you look through it.

It doesn’t exist. That’s quantum physics. So what is this? That’s where it gets fun. And. And that’s where your life becomes light because you think, oh, this is cool. This is like the matrix I liked that movie. The way I think of is you’re just in a waiting room, we’re going to go to summer.

Good. But there’s no diff there’s no reason why you can’t have some fun now. Yeah. The waiting room is here. There’s no difference between there and here. It’s just a matter of perception and understand. And for the people that are probably shaking their heads at home, never listening to this podcast again, I guess maybe they’ll come back next week, hopefully, but it doesn’t, maybe it doesn’t matter.

What’s true. What’s fact. But what is the, if you, what your belief makes you get to the final outcome or. At more happier life. Now that really what’s more important. W talking about nobody listening to this can deny, because if you break it down under COVID, you cannot deny that everybody who went through this COVID experience, as many of us lost people, we knew had an experience of what is my life about.

They had the half that they were afraid of dying. How do I get it? How do I not? And that’s why the big resignation, that’s why people are rethinking their life. Now, some people believe in Jesus, some Buddha, I’m not saying what to believe in or what not to believe in, but just look at science, look at the near death experiences.

Look at quantum physics, look at what at Albert Einstein said, we don’t like to think about it because we can’t wrap our heads around it. We like permanents. We like to know that when we’re looking at. We’re talking to the person and in the dream we are, this is all real in the dream. So there’s nothing wrong with the dream.

The dream is an experience that we’re having, but is it the ultimate experience? Of course not. It just isn’t, I’d like to say hello. It is, but it isn’t, it’s just no, but it’s okay. You get there as you get there or you don’t get there at all.

It’s something I’ve been, I think is, it doesn’t matter what your belief is. If science, religion, some other spirituality thing, if it gets you to a point where less stress, less sugar, no happier on a day-to-day basis, the ways. And that’s what.

Yeah, you don’t want to be happy and you can get there in a Honda. You can get there in a Jaguar. It depends how you want to get there.

Wrap up here, Kevin. How can people get ahold of you? They can’t cause I go lease it and I’m only kidding. Little joke there. Kevin Ross dot. And if they want to look at an online course, it’s also on my website. I do a free fret, a stress Buster video. If you go on my website, Kevin rough.org, it’s totally free.

If you want to set up a free consultation with me for 30 minutes, we can talk about if we want to work together. And my music’s on all of the platforms, apple and iTunes and all that stuff. Or Kevin we’re off music.com. I think a lot of the topics we talk about, especially trusts or irrevocable trust, we’re trying to leave the family legacy down or infinite banking where you weren’t really joking that you.

Valuable dead than alive to your spouse, touches upon some of these topics a little bit and makes you ponder, the end, what’s it all for. But I think that the message today is, You out there, you guys are working really hard. You guys are maybe the ponder. Why you’re doing this? Are you going to work everyday?

Yeah and what I can do, what I do for people is I help them take what they love and make it easier for them so that they don’t have as much stress and they don’t have ambivalence. They don’t feel stuck. I don’t care if you want to make a gazillion dollars, it doesn’t matter to me, it’s how you do it so that you’re happy and that you love yourself and that you can love other people and help other people. And ultimately that’s really what it’s about. It’s love. Can you talk a little bit more about, like I think you’re getting to like love relationships and that’s something we talk about here is, it’s pretty easy to get to financial independence, my opinion, the wealthier, the social relationships, social currency.

It’s about authenticity and it’s about loving yourself first. You can’t look at anybody else. And once you live in. And, before the cancer, I was all involved with my career and my money and my status. I didn’t even know that I had a Kevin inside me until I walked through my place after hearing the diagnosis.

And I said to myself, I just said, don’t worry, buddy. We’ll get through this. And I didn’t have to stop for a second and think, who am I talking to? I’d been broke. I’d been rich and I’ve been everywhere in between. Most successful people have. And in the end, it’s really about love when you’re on your deathbed and you look back, I’m very blessed that I have a legacy of 50 albums people buy and listen to, and some of this coaching stuff that I do, I know that it’s changed lives and that’s really nice, whether I died.

If I were to die tomorrow, I got a whole bunch of money. I don’t even know I’m going to give it to, I have to, create a new will or something, but I like simplicity. I live way below my means, because that makes me happy. I live a very minimalistic kind of life. I don’t have a lot of things because I don’t need a lot of things to make me happy.

All right, folks. Thanks for listening. We will put this in the archives and tell your friend about simple passive cashflow, because if you’re going to be not working one of these days you’re going to be looking for somebody to have lunch with, and you’re the only one who’s financially free and thinking about this type of stuff it’s a lonely world passive cash flow folks. That’s why you got to come to Hawaii and we’ll start a spiritual cash flow business. Alright, good talking to you.

August 2022 Monthly Market Update

Welcome everybody. This is the monthly market update. Here we go. What’s up everybody? It is August, 2022. Let’s get the monthly market update. If you haven’t checked out the podcast, simple passive cash flow is where you find it. ITunes, Google play Spotify. And check this out on YouTube. And we also record and put all these monthly market updates on the website and simple passive cash flow.com/investor letter every month for you guys to pull these reports and see if I’m lying or see if I’m right in my predictions.

But if you guys want to ask any questions throughout or leave any comments, feel free to type it into the chat box below from your perspective, the way you’re watching it. We go out, live on YouTube and our groups, looks like we got a wandering dot what’s up, man. And we also put this in the podcast form.

So let’s get started here. First article, there’s another one of wallet, hubs, top 10 places, and this is the best and worst places to rent in America. The best place was Maryland. Overland Park, Kansas Sioux city falls, South Dakota, Bismark Lincoln Chandler, Arizona Scotta Arizona, Gilbert, Arizona, El Paso, Texas, Casper, Wyoming, Cedar falls, Illinois and Fargo North Dakota.

How I, they came up with those top rental markets or best places to rent, I guess this is in the perspective of a renter. I have no idea, but you guys seem to like these top 10, which is why we do ’em. The markets with the best vacancy rates are the little rock Arkansas, Casper, Wyoming, Augusta, Georgia, Armillo, Texas.

And. Charleston Wyoming. Affordable rents are in Wyoming at Bismark, North Dakota, Cedar walls, Cedar rapids, Illinois, Sioux city falls, Sioux falls, South Dakota, Overland park, Kansas. Moving on. If you guys haven’t heard of it, it’s like the second crypto Wil winter, and this one’s a little bit different.

So what a lot of people were doing was putting their money into these crypto staking platforms, such as block fives or CELs, I wasn’t doing very many of these nor do I do. I don’t really do crypto. I don’t really believe in it. I believe in the whole idea of cryptocurrencies, getting away from governments controlling currency, which I’m all for, but I just don’t really I don’t know.

I think real estate’s just way better and it’s passive income, which you can typically defer the taxes on as opposed to this stuff, which the governments are gonna be coming after. Pretty heavily on, A little bit less because it all took a crap on everybody. And especially like that Luna thing, which I knew was a bad deal from the start.

But if you haven’t heard, Celsis is one of these big trading platforms where people would. They would state their coins or whatever it’s called. And they would get maybe like 9%, 15% on just staking it. But what people didn’t realize, what the heck that meant and what it meant is like putting your coin up and then, people borrowing it or you’re putting money up for the barring platform to happen.

And. It was, it’s like a house of cards is how I saw it. And eventually came down crumbling and Celia has had to restructure and a lot of people are asking you, Hey, am I gonna get my money back? And. I tell people, no, man, you’re not gonna get your money back because that’s why you don’t invest in this stuff.

Because in any investment you always ask how I am securitized? If shit happens, how am I gonna get some or all of my money back? And in these types of situations, you don’t because there’s no underlying asset value. There’s another deal going out, out there where people are like, you’re investing in like online businesses, but the online business is, there’s not really worth anything. If anything, there’s maybe some inventory, some useless junk that’s in a warehouse somewhere that you can sell pennies on for a dollar. But that’s why I like real estate because it’s always worth something, especially like the raw land portion of it.

Sorry. If you did this type of stuff I guess I should have told you, you should have done it. But, I don’t do this type of stuff. I maybe had $1,500 in blockFI that I took out last month just to learn it. But, I don’t put a substantial amount of my net worth, if you follow what the high net worth people over $10 million, do they typically don’t put anywhere.

They put one to 10% of their net worth into things like this. It’s all the lower net worth people that are dancing around with 10, 20% plus other net worth real estate, intelligent marketing reports that study finds that the US needs 4.3 million more apartments by the year 2035. And I put this in there and I think a lot of us are very well aware of which is why we invested in real estate, especially lower middle class workforce style housing.

Is because there’s a demand for it. It’s a commodity. And it’s something that you could forecast the need for, the reports that the US has tremendously difficult conditions that have fundamentally altered our nation’s demographics. But one thing remains certain. There is a need for more rental housing.

The US must build 3.7 million new apartments just to meet the future demand. On top of the 600,000 unit deficit and a loss of 4.7 million affordable apartment homes, a major driver of the apartment demand is immigration, which, you know if anything, immigration needs to occur more, especially if there’s a supply chain crunch in China, which isn’t supplying us with cheap labor.

We’ve gotta read. Domic a lot of these jobs, but anyway, that’s just my interject right there. The article ends and says California, Florida and Texas will require 1.5 million new apartments in 2035 accounting for 40% of the future demand,

Commercial property executive. Reports that why C R E, which is commercial real estate investors are rethinking refinancing. And I actually had a webinar for my investors a couple days ago. And, if you wanna get a copy, shoot us an email and team@simplepassivecashflow.com, where I went into some pretty heavy detail, but from a high level, just for the podcast audience and public investor.

Audience here, basically what’s happening is it’s really hard to get lending because the not, the interest rates went up, but I would probably argue that the thing to point to is like these rate caps that we normally will buy, usually buy something where. If we close that 5% interest rate, we wanna buy a cap.

So we don’t have to if the interest rates go up to five and a half, we cap out there. So it’s a way of being conservative, but it can be very expensive in the past. It’s cost us maybe half a percent or percent of the loan value to pay for one of these things. And now. I would say like triple or even more expensive than it once was, which really impacts closing costs and the deals.

So that’s just speaking from my own personal experience, but reading what the article is saying here during the first quarter, investors were eager to refinance in order to take advantage of high evaluations to get into the market. Now, many are hesitant to tap the debt markets because interest rates have risen so much since March and the lender underwriting is reflecting economic uncertainty and increased risk.

So we all know interest rates are gonna be going up to team inflation and you did the whole little diagram and chalkboard exercise on this whole dynamic alone. And another thing I would recommend for you guys is go back to the podcast. I did a couple great podcasts with Richard Duncan. You guys can check that out at simplepassivecashflow.com/duncan.

Get, multi-housing news reports, the growing cost of capital for multi-family development. This kind of piggybacking on, I just mentioned borrowing costs are 2% to two and a half percent higher than a year ago. The result is a situation not seen in years in which the caps have fallen, being below the cost of debt. But in fast growing Sunbelt hotspots, huge population growth has created demand for multifamily housing.

Far out shipping, supply, propelling, rent rates, and leaving many long time. Multifamily experts, slack jobs. The situation should keep cap rates slow. So in other words, rents are continually going up and up, which actually makes this a very good time to be buying real estate. This is a buyer’s market in a little bubble.

As the large institutional investors have paused they’re buying, but they gotta come back in. At some point I argued before the end of the. The only problem right now is in getting your lending set up or what we call capital markets, which has nothing to do with the cap rates. Guys, don’t get that confused.

So if you are an all cash buyer right now, this is an awesome time for you. Just, that’s just never a good way to invest. In my opinion, you always wanna be taking advantage of getting as much good debt as possible. The article ends with greater concern. Maybe whether the Fed will aggressively shrink its balance sheet yanking, a lot of liquidity out system, less cash will be available at any price available capital with insufficient funds to fund all development projects that are just talking about like a doom stage scenario.

Go back and check out that video we did, especially for you investors in our group. It is simple. And I think it, what it does is there’s a lot of noise out there. Like I mentioned, don’t watch these YouTube videos, these doin GLS of these guys who sell newsletters or the people trying to sell code, have them, you buy through their affiliate links and stuff like that, then get back to basics, and this is my book here. If you guys haven’t checked it out, Really trying to get over a hundred reviews. I think we’re up into the eighties or nineties right now. The journey of simple passive cash flow. I’ve been told it does a very good job in teaching the basics. And the basics is number one, investing in good deals, where you’re investing with people with reputation and a track record to get passive losses.

So you’re able to play different games on your taxes, essentially stop doing the stuff that your lame CPA is telling you, such as doing your 401k, or your deferred comp plan. That. Isn’t really any tax advice. It’s just deferring taxes instead, plate checkers, or instead of playing checkers, place chess with your taxes and pay little to taxes by changing your color, your money, or in their income to passive income.

So you can use your passive losses from your real estate to zero that out as best as you can. And maybe even if you wanna get jazzed up, do some rep status there. All to, and then, maybe do a little infinite banking. If you guys wanna get more information on infinite banking, you guys can get the infoPage at infoPage@simplepassivecashflow.com/banking, but help me out and buy the book.

Spread the good word folks. We’ll continue on multi-housing news, how the housing shortage became a crisis. So the US under produced 3.8 million of housing between 2012 and 2019. The shortfall is double what it was seven years ago. The problem is exasperating itself by crumbling infrastructure, ratio, inequality, climate change, and climate events.

And while under supply impacts residents at all income levels, lower and residents of color suffer the most. Three root causes for this is missing households that would have formed if units were available and affordable, insufficient availability and uninhabitable units, which is why we like to invest in this type of stuff, cuz there’s a growing demand for it. And it’s something that. As new inventory comes online, it doesn’t really directly compete with your class B or C asset.

The class stuff actually helps you because it pushes the price points up and up, which we have another article discussing later today. But it’s just that you don’t really have direct competition. This is why I don’t like self storage investing because. Even when you’re, you always wanna buy a type of storage because everybody wants to go to the 24 hour air condition, very highly secure using tech, lot of tech in their self storage.

But if somebody builds a new self storage facility next to yours, that’s why I’m not a big fan of that. That asset class I do like bolt storage though. RV storage. Multi-housing news also reports multi-family investing in a high inflation economy. So our economy has shifted to, from manufacturing to a service based one.

And we have a Fed that is very proactive with arsenal tools that have really deployed to manage economic growth. Again, if you, this is all new to you guys, check out the infoPage at simplepasscash.com/Duncan. Great primer, and feel free to share that with your friends. The current high inflation environment with the prospects of higher treasury rates have led both investors and lenders to reassess their underwriting assumptions along with feature valuations and cap rates combined with the uncertainty over exit cap rates in light of increasing treasury rates, multifamily investors are having to temper their pricing in order to achieve acceptable rate adjusted returns.

Here’s my quote here. I haven’t seen a lot of deals where they are still assuming that rents are gonna go up 3% every year. And their exit cap rates are still pretty high or pretty low. The importance of relationships, both on the debt and equity capital is Parabon in order to access capital to take advantage of this temporary market dislocation.

Talk about is right, Frank. Now it’s currently in a little bit of a bar market. Like I said, if you are somebody who isn’t the best investor out there, but Hey, you have a lot of money and you buy stuff, cash. This is the ideal situation for you still. I wouldn’t rec I wouldn’t do it, but, right now the prices are a little low it’s only problem is lending and there, you never have a time when things are always good and all signs clear.

and you’re always gonna have some kind of way to things where there’s always gonna be seemingly, headwinds in the way, if not, that’s when the prices start to go away and which it was getting there prior to, 20, late 20, 21, or, 2018, I would say, thankfully, we had that whole pandemic thing.

Re business online reports, Redfin US residential media and asking rates of 14.1% in June on annual basis. Redfin is the big real estate online real estate brokerage reported national rents in June. Went up 14.1% year over year. The June figure is a slight increase from. Which is what I’ve been telling everybody, rents are still aggressively going up and this is another reason why it’s a great time to be buying right now.

The rent growth is slowing because landlords are seeing demand start to ease as renters get pinched by inflation. But, I think this is the thing I always highlight for folks like, despite what you read the word recess. Rents are still going up. It’s just, it’s not going up at the crazy price it once was, which is a good thing.

I think that crazy pace was UN unsustainable. All I personally want is a little bit of growth. Like one to 3% rents are still climbing unprecedented rates in strong job markets like New York and Seattle and areas like San Antonio and Boston, that sort of popularity during the pandemic. And here are the top 10 markets that saw the biggest jump in June, Cincinnati, Seattle, Austin, Nashville, New York city, NASSAU county, New York, new Brunswick, New Jersey, New York, New Jersey, Portland and Sam Antonio

Yardi matrix, reports, multifamily rents rise again in June. Yardi made check reports. Average us multifamily rents roles, another $19 in June. Again, this is the same thing that we just mentioned. The increase was filled by strong demand and rent growth throughout the country. So this is a different type of environment.

This isn’t like 2008, lending is very different, at least on the residential side. You don’t have the ninja, no doc, no job, no income type of loans. There’s a lot of controls on lending and that’s what’s bogging down future investor mojo. Is that the lack of the capital market’s lack of lending availability?

Not that the deals are too expensive. The expectation for the remainder of 22 is for rents to increase at slower rates as the economy cools off. But that doesn’t mean that it’s going backwards. There’s always one thing I always say if I were to bet, if the rents don’t go down for very long, I would probably say what’s long, maybe longer than a six to 18 month period.

It. Unfortunately for people who rent, it’s always not gonna come outta your pocketbook at the end of the day, as gas prices rise, like the airlines just pass it off to their customers. And so things are going pretty well in, I don’t know about the economy, but as far as if you’re an investor getting your money working in real estate, and in rentals, And it’s going so well that like the class, a multifamily units are doing really right now, as wealth management.com reports rent growth will not maturity, slow down until demand cools, vacancy ticks up and will happen.

If, and when, afford becomes a headwind, if the job markets subsidy. This is what kind of my whole thesis is. If there’s any type of trouble in the economy, any type of recession who’s gonna get hurt. People who own their own houses, they’re gonna get foreclosed and where are they gonna go?

They’re gonna cascade down to class A apartments, class B apartments, class C apartments. This is right now. You’re seeing the class A apartments do really well because people can’t afford to buy houses because the cost of their lending, their interest rates have gone down. So it’s a cause and effect thing.

And I think it’s important to find those asset classes, those sectors, those, those wealth gaps where you want to participate based on your sec, your viewpoint of the economy and how things work. And in my opinion, only class C and B apartments in class B and areas are where it’s.

I know a lot of people like to buy these class a apartments, I’d say you might as well build them and sell them to suckers who wanna buy them and operate ’em. I just, I think it’s a sector that’s really performing really right now because people cannot afford houses and they are just gonna go rent.

They have a $1,500 a month, $2,500 a month class A apartment. But. I don’t see that really continuing, or I see that as a catch mode currently right now.

So here’s an example of a class A apartment right here. American capital group or committees real estate partners, diverse a blank apartments Kirkland, Washington for 242 million. So this is a class A apartment, and this is. Like a business plan that I would like to personally get into is like building these developments, scratch, creating a tremendous amount of value, add, and then selling it off to a mom and Paul syndicate, who have silly investors who really like these pretty pictures and that’s how they sell their deals.

But then, this is, to me, the risk of operating these high end apartments. Right now it’s doing really well because a lot of people in houses cannot afford to buy the loans, the higher interest rate and their affordability is backtracking. As of maybe a couple months ago, I just don’t see that shrink continuing.

And I think that there’s some leveling off of it. And I just think there’s just more long term stability in the B class asset, one level of this type of stuff. But yeah, I wanna do exactly what these guys do. Harper, who is a direct Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac lender says that Fannie Mae Freddie Mac expects a mission to deliver liquidity as stability and affordability. The agencies committed to enhance the ability and affordability of challenged markets by providing greater liquidity over the next three years.

Things tightened up in the capital markets and people aren’t able to afford their super expensive house simply because of the cost of. Interest rates went up a little bit and that directly impacts affordability. And that impacts a lot of people on the fringes. And that’s where the, Fannie Mae, Fred Mac are saying here where they’re redating and, changing up their targets for the future lending.

And this is always gonna happen. This has been happening since the beginning, when I’ve invested, they always make these micro adjustments. Take another run at it. Things just keep continuing and continuing. This is why I always tell investors, don’t really get too excited about any one thing . There’s always these small types of corrections here or there and at least how I’ve seen for the most part things typically work in a control band.

And I think people get too much into the headlines. Garbage headlines from your CNBCs, your yahoos that are placating out to the average consumer out there, trying to just sell headlines of fear, dooming blue. But this is what’s happening in the more industry newsletters like this, which I try to find for you guys.

They’re looking to do increased loan purchase activity at foster. Product innovation to enable the use of manufacturing houses and unique development scenarios. Fannie Mae is one of the leading sources, liquidity for manufacturing and affordable housing. They’re trying to work on the problem and so those of you guys don’t know Fannie Mae F Mac is your government arm, pseudo government arm to get that money out there to the people who need it the most.

To buy houses because some people still think that, everybody should buy a house to live in, even though that’s not really going to happen. They’re trying to get the people on the fringes that sort of deserve it to get ’em over the edge, which I think is a good thing. Bloomberg reports from billionaire Samal warns that the Fed needs to break the inflation mindset and says he doesn’t think that the US is currently in a recession.

I’ll try and I guess I’ll try and summarize what I talked about in my other hour-long, half long webinar with my insiders in our group. But basically you have inflation all the time. I don’t wanna say all time high, but a pretty, moving average of 9.1%. Last I checked it, which is three times what they want it to be at most.

They usually want it to be one to three. So what’s going on is that you’re seeing the Fed increase the amount of interest rate, which is called, quantitative tightening after quantitative easing is what they did previously, which is essentially creating fake money and creating all these government entitlement programs to basically lift us out of a pandemic created recess.

Which I think is a good thing to do. And this is coming from somebody who really doesn’t like too much government control, but I think that’s what the government is supposed to do. When the country shuts down for several months, we need a little bit of outside interjection that stabs to the heart of adrenaline to keep us going after a pandemic.

And that’s what happened. A whole bunch of money got pumped into the system, which is called quantitative easing. Then now it created a lot of it and made everybody’s stock market go up, easy come easy go. And everybody’s like house prices sort, which is obvious, this byproduct of all this printing of fake money.

And now we have to reverse a little bit because inflation is too high. Go figure. So this is exasperated by two things, which is. The Ukraine war and the COVID lockdowns in China. So I’ll dissect that a little bit. So, the Ukraine war, what that’s doing is putting some restrictions on the fuel.

I think you guys, Russian oil and stuff like that, and it’s gum things up there and the COVID in China, most of you guys are probably wondering. y’all are still playing COVID pandemic out there, yeah. We might be over it, mentally in America, but in China, they’re still doing that, with a zero COVID policy.

And even though it may be a little outdated and overboard at this point, it is what it is, political affiliations beside, and don’t matter, like it’s what China’s doing and the result is. That the people in China, aren’t in the factories, giving us Americans the cheap labor that we need to push our businesses forward, which is creating a lot of issues in terms of supply chain, which is also further exasperating, the inflation and the relation that’s happening there is if I’m a business owner and I typically.

Use China labor or outside Asian cheaper labor outside, that’s effectively in a way better technology. So I don’t have that at my disposal right now. And that dang Ukraine war is coming up my operations. So these are the damages at play. So until either the Ukraine war ends or COVID. In China lightens up a little bit.

We’re in this predicament where there’s not gonna be any outside relief. So that only the levers that the Fed has, the poll is to increase the interest rates, which is to take away money from the system in a way to lower the inflation. And what they want to do is they want to keep doing this UN until that unemployment starts to creep up.

And this is good news, unemployment really. Right now guys, like Google, it is unemployment in America. Look at the chart. We’re at all time lows right now. I dunno all time, but in our lifetime lows, what we want that thing that the Fed is likely doing is they’re planters probably gonna increase the interest rates half a percent, quarter percent watching.

They’re trying to get that inflation back down, but they don’t wanna do it too much. So that unemployment goes. Because unemployment goes up, that’s it’s a, that’s a harder, relation to fix at the end of, at the end of it. But that’s if you start injecting more in interest taking money away from the system, but don’t break it by having unemployment skyrocket over eight to 10%.

Now it’s a fine balance. And it’s also. Made a lot more difficult because there’s slack in the system and there’s more slack in the system than Norma, as there’s so much liquidity reserved. So it’s really hard to determine, if the fed increases the rates by point, seven, five tomorrow, it’s not it’s not like by next week, Wednesday, it’s gonna be, unemployment will be this and inflation be back down to 7% and we’re well, on our way, to getting it under 5%, it just doesn’t work like.

And that’s what makes it difficult for the Fed. It’s very simple relations, but, and I use this analogy and other things, but it’s like a cruise ship trying to turn back around. You obviously don’t want an overcorrection with too much government intervention and, in terms of too much interest rate hikes, we’ve still got a long way off till what, where we were in what, 1985.

And. We’ve got our Hawaii retreat that I’m planning in January and 2023. And I’m thinking of making it some kind of like a throwback to the 1985 era where we had 11% rates. Maybe, basically just give people an excuse to wear really ugly Hawaii Aloha shirts. But anyway, if you guys haven’t yet checked out our family office ohana mastermind.

Simple passive casual flow.com/journey. If you’re tired of these free meetup groups with low network investors who aren’t serious, we have over 90 members in this group. Of course, if you haven’t checked out what’s kind inside of our education platform, you can join for free at simplepassivecashflow.com/club.

And check out my book. You guys can download it for free at simplepassivecashflow.com/book. Help me out. Buy a book, leave me a review of trying to get over a hundred reviews there and we’ll see you guys next month. Bye.

U.S. Dollar STRONGER Than the Euro | Podcast With Richard Duncan Part 2

Hey folks, this is part two of the podcast with Richard Duncan. If you have not heard about him, you can check out all the past interviews we’ve done with him at simplepassivecashflow.com/Duncan And if you haven’t checked out podcast number one with him, which we did the past week, I’ll make sure you go check that out.

First, it’ll set the foundation for our continuation of our part two podcast. And a lot of this is gonna be talking more about current EF and future facing where I think a lot of the older stuff is more foundational, credit is getting off the gold standard, things like that, but enjoy the show you.

So you’re a good teacher and I watch all your videos like a fanboy. And I understand this. So at what point are they gonna start to taper off of the interest rate increases?

Is there a certain unemployment rate they key in, on, or trying to shoot for? Cause it, it is a game of a little bit of this, watch that meter put a little bit of that and go back and forth. They’re in a very difficult position of course, because most of this inflation is being driven by the supply chain bottlenecks over which they don’t have any control whatsoever.

They. Semiconductor prices shot up and that pushed up the price of new cars and that pushed up the price of used cars. So in the second quarter of last year, the used car prices were up 40% year on year. And that accounted for a third of the increase in inflation. The Fed can’t do anything about that.

And the Fed has been hoping that these bottlenecks would be overcome quickly and that the supply side problems would be worked out and would be back where we were in 2019 with globalization, putting downward pressure, strong, downward pressure on inflation, but this has just taken so much longer than they had ever imagined.

There wasn’t just the first round of COVID started in February, March, 2020, and then we got Delta and Delta was another big blow. Delta is the first round that really hit Asia and shut down factories in Asia, and then Delta died down and now we have Army and Army shutting down factories across China.

So these supply side disruptions have lasted much longer and then made things much worse. Russia invaded Ukraine, and that pushed oil prices very much higher. And wheat prices are very much higher. So the Fed has been hoping that if they can just drag their feet a little bit, they don’t want to throw millions of people out of work.

They don’t wanna destroy trillions of dollars of wealth by causing the stock market to fall, but they really don’t have any choice. They have to be seen doing something. And this has been going on for so long now that now they’re actually really starting to get much more aggressive with these 75 basis point hikes and now quantitative tightening has started.

Quantitative tightening is selfish, but if somebody’s out there and they have a pretty stable job and it doesn’t happen, they’re working for the oil and gas industry out in Texas or Oklahoma. And they are, most of their portfolio is in assets that go up with the pace of inflation like real estate.

And that cash flow at the end of the day is not residential real estate, which goes up and down with the motion. Aren’t they sitting pretty right now? Let the Fed cut jobs. I know that’s a heartless thing to say, but isn’t that a good place of power in a way? But how many people are in that situation?

Certainly a minority as a small minority relative to the overall pool of Americans. And. There are a number of things to think about. And so far, the government is still suspending student loans, repayments people who’ve borrowed money through student loans are not having to pay interest on it for the last few years.

That’s going to end some time sometime presumably maybe after the midterm elections, but suddenly all of these people who haven’t been able ha who haven’t been forced to pay interest on their student loans for the last two and a half years are going to have to start paying a lot of money on their student loans again.

And this is going to make it much more difficult for them to go out and rent an apartment. And so that when that occurs, there’s likely to be downward pressure on rents and also mortgage rates have shot up from what below. 3% at the end of last year, to as high as 5.8% a few weeks ago, they could keep moving higher because the Fed is going to destroy it by allowing its the fed almost $2.7 trillion of mortgage back securities and which is acquired through quantitative easing over the last few years.

But now they’re going to start allowing these to run off. And as the Fed shrinks its pool of mortgage backed securities, someone else is going to have to buy those. And that’s going to put upward pressure on mortgage rates, further upward pressure on mortgage rates. So we’re likely to move into a position where property prices are falling and perhaps substantially and you, so how long is this going to go on?

I think it’s going to go on until the inflation rate comes. Significantly. And so the most recent employment numbers that we got just a couple of days ago were pretty discouraging. The consensus estimate was that job growth would be 250,000, which is still pretty strong as it is, but it turned out to be 370,000.

And the unemployment rate stayed at 3.6%. So that means the people still have jobs they’re still going to spend. So that means the Fed has much more work to do in terms of tracking up interest rates before the number of new employees stops increasing and starts shrinking. So we’re in for many more interest rate hikes over the rest of this year and on into next year, I think.

Yes, unless the economy just slows. So suddenly that it goes into a significant recession in the near term. That prices start to fall. Now the one positive note that we’ve seen recently, just over the last couple of weeks is commodity prices are falling pretty sharply over the last three weeks or so.

Oil is down from a peak of 140 to about 100, but also copper wheat, timber loss of metals. They’re all falling very sharply. And so that will help some in terms of alleviating the upward pressure on inflation. But it’s going to take a number of months, even in a good scenario before we see a significant downward shift in the inflation rate.

And before the Fed is in a position to become a little less hawkish. So if I put myself in the head of a business owner, or like a man, like an old school manufacturing company, The feds raised my interest rates. I predict slowing growth, still growth potentially next year, but I may downsize my employment or downsize my head count, but also not buy as much raw materials.

So that makes sense. Yep. And the chances of a recession are really quite high. Now, in fact, technically we may be in a recession because the first quarter, the GDP, and now most people think the second quarter will shrink as well. Although the official data is not out yet. And the traditional definition of a recession is two years of two quarters of economic contraction.

That’s a bit technical, but looking ahead, the chances of the economy shrinking more are really very significant because. The main two themes that run through my work macro watch is that in this new world of creditism credit growth drives economic growth and liquidity determines whether asset prices go up or down.

So credit growth is now contracting when adjusted for inflation, it contracted for two quarters in a row. And as I mentioned earlier, the credit grows by less than 2% adjusted for inflation. The US goes into recession and it’s not only growing at 2% is actually negative. Now for the last two quarters credit growth has been a negative number and that’s signaling something that everyone should be very worried about.

Cuz if it grows by less than 2%, if history isn’t a guide, any guide, the US goes into recession and moreover. The wealth effect that was supplementing credit growth and generating economic growth. After 2009, of course, wealth is being destroyed on a very significant scale. It’s quite possible that total wealth in the US contracted by 10% in the second quarter, that’s my estimate.

Something like 15 trillion of wealth has been destroyed in the first half of the year. So with credit contracting and wealth contracting, those are the main drivers of growth. And so we’re, it looks like we’re moving into a period where there is going to be a significant recession. It just hasn’t hit yet, but it’s likely that we’re going to continue seeing more and more signs of this.

And with the fed, continuing to hike interest rates until a lot of people lose their jobs and the inflation rate comes down well, that hasn’t really even got underway yet. So as the Fed keeps tightening and as the Fed, right now the Fed has started destroying money through quantitative tightening at the rate of 47 billion a month.

That will be 47 billion in June, July, and August. And then it doubles to 95 billion in September and every month after that. And so what that means is because of quantitative tightening, the Fed is going to destroy something like 1.1 trillion a year, as long as this continues. And if it destroys $1.1 trillion, that’s 11% of all the dollars.

And so this is going to cause liquidity in the economy to shrink. Now I have an analogy for this. It’s like quantitative tightening, just imagine. All the investors in the world are in one big ballroom, right? Having a party. And the loud speaker makes this announcement that we’re, here’s the news. We’re going to start pumping the air out of this ballroom gradually.

And the partiers are having a pretty good time. This is going to occur over many months. They don’t really care immediately, but give it a few months, three months, six months. And it starts becoming difficult to breathe in the ballroom. Then panic starts to set in and everybody runs for the exits and people get trampled and it creates quite a calamity.

And so we’re just now at the point where they’ve just made the announcement that we’re about to suck the air outta the ballroom that no one’s having problem breathing now, but give it six months. Yeah. And it will become much more difficult. And they did suck some air out of that, the room, they bumped it up.

So maybe, let me help me if I understand this right. So best case scenario, the war ends and, or COVID kind of gets a little bit more under control and knows supply chain issues. They dissipate, right? And then the fed will probably lower their, or stop hiking rates and keep it, get back to baseline.

People are pessimists out there. The war and cold goes on for a lot longer. And they are fed in a good way, they guide us to a soft landing where they hike up interest rates. They are metic looking at unemployment pops up, but then they catch it at a right, that frequency to land soft landing.

Is that. Is that a, do you see that happening? Or that’s the middle case. And then we can talk about the worst case, I guess later, but is that kind of a good understanding? Yeah. So there are two scenarios, there’s a really bad case scenario where COVID gets worse and the supply chain bottlenecks get worse and the war spreads and globalization completely breaks down.

In which case inflation goes to a much higher level and asset prices lose another 75%. That’s the worst case scenario, not to mention the potential of world war. So that’s the extreme, horrible case scenario. The best case scenario is the war in Russia ends tomorrow with a happy ending and the sanctions are all removed from Russia.

This is a very unrealistically positive scenario and COVID ends tomorrow and no one else catches COVID and it’s all over. And it’s very positive scenario. The. Positive scenario imaginable. It would still take quite a few more months before the inflation rate is going to come back down just because of the momentum.

You still have things like rents are higher and are going to be factored into the CPI numbers. But in the very positive scenario, the yes, say a year from now will be back. And this is an extremely positive scenario. The year from now will be back where we were in 2019. The Fed can possibly even start cutting interest rates and ending quantitative tightening because we got a lot of dry powder at that point because he shakes.

But the more realistic scenario is somewhere in the middle where, not being wildly optimistic or wildly pessimistic, trying to be realistic. This war in Ukraine is not going to end anytime soon. It doesn’t appear. And even if it were to end. There’s no certainty that the sanctions are going to be removed.

And Putin is threatening to essentially cut off not only gas supplies, but oil supplies now. So we could, even though it’s been a little bit weaker recently, it could, some people fear that it could shoot up to two or even $300 a barrel. That’s not impossible if Putin suddenly decides to stop shipping oil at all, and COVID is not going to end immediately.

So what we’re likely the most probable course is somewhere in the middle, where the war keeps going, sanctions keep going. COVID keeps sputtering around China and causing some supply chain bottleneck disruptions, but gradually because of a combination of some of the supply chain bottlenecks being worked out.

I mean for exact, for example, already semiconductor prices are coming down and as I mentioned already, commodity prices are coming down. So this is good news, but it’s going to take some time, the fed strips out the commodity prices. Anyway, when it looks at the core inflation that it really reacts to.

So the most probable scenario is that the Fed is going to continue hiking interest rates probably into the middle of next year. And as it does, inflation will gradually move down in part because of improvements on the supply side, but also because of demand destruction on the demand side, as lots of Americans lose their jobs.

And as more wealth is destroyed. So it is, asset prices have already fallen a lot. NASDAQ is down 30% and a lot of the stocks in NASDAQ of course, are down far more than 30%. A lot of wealth has already been destroyed, but the chances are that we haven’t seen the bottom yet is probable. That stock prices will continue to fall and that property prices will join them.

And so I think we’re in for more paying before, before we get to the other side of this, even in a reasonably good scenario and in the kind of the worst case scenario, the fed totally knocks out the economy and goes overboard with the interest rates, spikes, the fed, the economy overreacts to a adverse reaction to the COVID vaccine in a way it just goes in a tailspin and goes into depression mode.

Yeah, no. There are lots of ways to paint a very bad scenario. The US, if the war expands in Europe and the US then decides to impose sanctions on China, the way it’s done on Russia, because China’s supporting Russia, then globalization would really suffer under that scenario.

And we would probably have much higher rates of inflation, which would mean much higher interest rates and of course, much higher interest rates in the us. This Causes not only problems in the US, but all around the world right now. We have a super dollar, the dollar there’s like a Superman dollar right now.

The dollar index has moved up to more than a 20 year high. The Euro is about one to one with the dollar right now. And the yen is at a 30-24 year low. And normally when the US dollar gets stronger, It’s very bad for the rest of the emerging markets in particular, because they have tended to borrow in dollars.

And when they have to repay the dollars, it’s much more expensive for them to do that. So recall back in the early eighties, when Voker hyped the interest rates to extremely high levels to crush inflation, then that created the third world debt crisis with many of the south American countries defaulting on their debts, which reverberated back to the us banks, which had lent them a lot of money.

There was a period when the US banks were in danger of growing bankrupt because they’d lent so much money to the south American countries and the south American countries couldn’t repay it. So high interest rates you’ll start seeing, corporate defaults all the high yield junk bond defaults, emerging market defaults.

And a lot of problems just through the very strong dollar. Now I wanna get into some of the ideas in your new book, the money revolution. You guys can check it on Amazon, but before we go into kind of the bigger picture, for that the little lowly investor out there who might have a $2 million net worth, we always chuckle and say, that’s the average guy, what should they be doing now with these three past and front that we’ve overlaid?

So 2 million on, in one way is a lot of money. And then another way is very little money. If you’re talking about net worth, then how much of your house is it? What portion of your house is that? Usually I’ll tell you what, like usually when I find these guys, it’s like half of their net worth is in their house, locked up as dead equity.

So they’ve got a million dollars to work with elsewhere then. Yeah. There’s not. Yeah. And, but out of that, it’s even the dimer. So the dimer outlook, like I would say 60 to 80% of that’s locked up in their company sponsored for Wayne K plan. So it’s locked in that stock market game. So I think, for most, for people like that in terms of what they need to be doing is they need to be investing in their business and make sure that their business keeps growing and that they have a business that is resilient as possible and focus on making money through their business rather than trying to make focus on speculating.

These guys, they don’t have businesses, right? Most of these listeners here are like working professionals, employees. I guess you could call your little rental property portfolio or your alternative investment portfolio, an entrepreneur, but for the most part, they’re employee mode.

Sure. I think most, and it’s okay. You can tell ’em they’re screwed and just hopefully that you keep their job, that’s what employees are. So as I mentioned earlier, the net worth of the American public has risen by 90 trillion since 2009, everything went up and looking ahead, starting really from the second quarter of this year, now everything is going down.

There’s really no place to hide. No one guarantees you that there’s always going to be a chance for you to invest somewhere and make money. There are times like these, when you’re likely to lose money, wherever your money is invested, it’s just. Just as it was hard to lose money over the last many years as asset prices inflated.

Now it’s going to be hard not to lose money. It was hard before it was hard not to make money. Now it’s going to be hard not to lose money. That’s just the brutal fact of life. But looking for the long term, young people for instance can invest in rental properties with a long term horizon by, I don’t mean condos.

But I mean buy a piece of land with the rental house on top that you can rent out and build up a long term rental portfolio over the next several decades, okay. Property prices may drop over the next year or two, three years, who knows, but over the long run, as you pay off these mortgages on your rental properties, You can develop a nice portfolio of rental properties over a number of decades that will give you a very comfortable environment when you’re very comfortable retirement when you’re, when you do retire.

So that’s one area. I think that is open to most normal Americans, something that they can manage themselves and don’t have to worry about corporations blowing up or something being mismanaged or fraud, or some exchange going bankrupt and locking up all your assets overnight. I think that’s a reasonable long term strategy, even in this kind of environment with the realization that you may have to watch your property prices fall in the near term.

Yeah. What do you like? I think the common thing I hear a lot from folks is. Oh, geez. I’m just not gonna do anything and just sit on cash. That’s one possible way to play it. You’ll lose some on the inflation side, but you may not lose. As much as you would certainly not be going to lose as much as you would playing a lot of the most speculative asset classes.

Yeah. Certainly not gonna make it big if it is a good, soft landing. That’s true. All right. So let’s go into what, so you have a lot of progressive ideas and what the government should be doing. What’s on your list here, and we don’t have to go into all of ’em, some of the big ones that are in your new book, just to wet people’s appetites and get ’em thinking.

Okay. So the new book is called the money revolution, how to finance the next American century. And it has three parts. The first part is called money and it’s a history of the Fed since it was created in 1913. And it’s important for investors and for everyone to understand the Fed because the Fed is the world’s most powerful economic institution.

It is the US government’s most effective economic policy tool. And last year, if it had been a corporation, it would’ve been the most profitable corporation in the world, more profitable than apple. So what the Fed does, has an enormous impact on the economy and on asset prices. So it’s very important to understand how the Fed works and what it does.

And that is what. Part one explains the most important thing in the Fed’s history in recent decades was when it stopped backing dollars with gold, setting off this money revolution that we’ve been talking about that turned capitalism into creditism. The second part of the book is called credit and it discusses the evolution of creditism and explains how the US economy became addicted to credit growth and why the US economy must have 2% credit growth adjusted for inflation to stay out of recession.

And the third part of the book is called the future. So this book covers a span of 120 years, the first 110 years from the time the Fed was created in 1913, up to the present 110 years, roughly. And the final part of the book is covered in parts one and two. But the final part of the book looks at the next 10 years, the future.

And it tries to draw on the lessons from the past to make recommendations as to what we can do to make the future better. Now, this book was written primarily in, in 2018 and 2019, and it was largely finished by the time COVID started. And as you’ll see, COVID created a very big problem for this book because here’s why, so what I was looking at in 2018 and 2019 was that what we just lived through was the crisis of 2008 and the government’s response to that crisis.

So during that we had a big global credit bubble, it started to blow up into a new, great depression in 2008. And the government by running trillion dollar budget deficits and the fed by creating trillions of dollars in financing, those budget deficits at low interest rates, they managed to reflate the bubble.

And despite all of this extremely aggressive fiscal and monetary stimulus, there was no inflation. The highest rate of inflation we got at the CPI level was 3.8% in 2011. And by 2015, there was actually deflation again, during the first few months of 2015, the CPI was negative. So what lesson should we draw from that?

For just using the Fed, when the Fed creates money, it adds to the monetary base. In 2009, the monetary base grew by 110%. Now, this was roughly four times higher than the peak of world war II money supply growth in world war II. And we still didn’t get any inflation. Now, the classical economic theory, it always, and the Austrian theory tells us that, like Milton Friedman said, inflation is always and everywhere, a monetary phenomenon, but clearly that’s not true because the money supply grew by 110% in 2009.

And the inflation peaked at 3.8%. So the lesson that I drew from that was if in fact we can, the government can run trillion dollar budget deficits, and the fed can create trillions of dollars to finance those deficits. At low interest rates in this new economic environment, we find ourselves in creditism, then we should make the most of this.

And what I recommend in the third part of the book. Is that over the next 10 years, the us government should finance a multi-trillion dollar investment program, targeting the industries and technologies of the future, because it seemed that it was very easy for the government to to spend trillions of dollars and the fed to finance trillions of dollars with no inflation.

So when COVID started and the supply chain bottlenecks erupted, and then the war in the Ukraine occurred, suddenly we have high rates of inflation now. So this causes a very real, very serious blow to my thesis and my recommendation that the government can get away with this without causing high rates of inflation.

But if one of our more positive scenarios plays out. And the supply chain bottleneck is overcome. The war ends COVID goes away in a few years from now. We’ll probably be back in the same situation we were in 2019, where globalization is once again. So disinflationary, the inflation rate will be under control and the government then would be in a position to finance a very large scale investment program over the next decade.

And so the inflation has been quite a blow to this argument in the book, in the third part of the book. But on the other hand, the government’s policy response to the COVID pandemic has actually in some ways supported my argument. I’m calling for a multi-trillion dollar investment program in the industries and technologies of the future over the next 10 years or over a 10 year period.

In one month in April of 2020, the government borrowed 1.4 trillion in that one month alone. And during the second quarter of 2020, the government borrowed 2.8 trillion in just three months. So that’s a multi-trillion dollar stimulus program in three months, I’m calling for a multi-trillion dollar investment program over 10 years.

So just the fact that the government was able to borrow 2.8 trillion in three months with the fed financing, roughly 70% of that during the same period through money creation demonstrates how easy it would be for the government to finance a very large scale investment program now. What I’m suggesting is government finance, a large scale investment program, targeting industries like quantum computing, artificial intelligence, genetic engineering, biotech, nanotech neurosciences, renewable energies and those sorts of new technologies.

So, so like some of those, like those technologies, you discuss green energy. Now, maybe I’m a conspiracy theorist. I read too many of these things, but don’t a lot of the large companies, like big oil companies, do not want that stuff to happen. There’s some headwinds with that.

Sure. There, there are some headwinds, but. There have always been headwinds to change, so I don’t think they’re powerful enough to block these sorts of investments. Maybe they can slow them down, but you can see there’s already been a lot of innovation and growth in, in the green energy areas of the, for example the cost of solar panels is what, 90%, less than it was not too many years ago, as more investment has occurred.

And the cost of solar has come down very radically. So I don’t think that’s going to stop it. Now. The government could do this all by itself. Just like it sent a man to the moon through NASA. NASA had a lot of very positive, long term, benefits to the country and to the development of basic research and technology.

Have rained down on us in the decade since then, but perhaps a better approach would be for the government to do this in a series of a large number of joint venture companies with the private sector. So for instance, the government could select the 10,000 most promising entrepreneurs and scientists in the United States and set up joint venture companies with them, with the government, borrowing the money and funding, these companies lavishly and in exchange for financing, these joint venture companies with the private sector, the government would keep a 60% equity stake and the entrepreneurs and the scientists would keep a 40% equity stake.

And when one of these companies, the entrepreneurs would keep the 40% equity stake for managing the company. And when one of these companies. Discover a cure for cancer or kidney disease or Alzheimer’s disease, then it would be, how much would it be worth if you listed it on NASDAQ, trillions of dollars, right?

And the US taxpayers would own 60% of the company because the government has a 60% equity stake. And so this sort of investment would pay for its these companies would be so profitable, an investment on the scale that I’m discussing. And I go into great detail in this, in the book, the investment I’m discussing is so large that it would be almost certain to produce miracles.

It would induce a new technological revolution that would not only turbocharge US economic growth, but result in medical breakthroughs that would radically enhance human wellbeing. Not only in the United States, but all around the world. So that is the money revolution and the opportunities that exist through the money revolution.

Very similar to I think co the COVID vaccine was there was a JV where the US had, not only Pfizer and Moderna, but multiple companies going after the same goal. And it also reminds me of most recently, like Korea, a lot of their government backed their bigger companies.

That’s what’s fueled their growth the last couple decades. That’s right. Not only of course, Japan, Korea, Taiwan, they were all government directed through the ministry of finance in most instances. And just today, Europe is subsidizing, large scale construction of new semiconductor factories and.

China, of course is a very government directed economy with the government investing very aggressively in new industries and technologies. So there are really three reasons. I see this sort of investment program as being absolutely crucial to our future in the United States. And first as I’ve said, several times, the US needs credit growth to stay out of recession in crisis.

This sort of government borrowing and investing would ensure that we have enough credit growth to make the economy grow. But secondly, there is a real national security threat. Now from China’s investment relative to the size of their economy 22, 20 is 42% of GDP. That’s twice as high as US investment to GDP.

So China relative to GDP is investing twice as much as the us. And in terms of basic research, in terms of research and development in 19, in the year 2000, the United States invested eight times more than China did in research and development. But in 2019, China overtook the United States in research and development investment.

And if current trends continue, then by the end of this decade, China in 2030 will invest 40% more in research and development than the United States does. And if that happens, China is going to very quickly become the dominant superpower. Economically, technologically and militarily and the real threat, the biggest threat perhaps is the risk that they’re going to develop artificial intelligence before the United States does.

If the country gets to artificial general intelligence. First, the point where machines are as intelligent as humans is that after that, they’ll become exponentially more intelligent, very quickly, whoever controls artificial intelligence. First, it will be the 21st century equivalent of that country.

Having a nuclear weapons monopoly. The rest of the world will be at their mercy. And at this rate it is going to be China that gets there first. And that’s why the US needs to invest much more aggressively in these new industries and technologies just to ensure our national security. So that’s the second reason the US should invest.

But the third and the most compelling reason I believe is. It would be so easy for us to finance an investment on this scale. And it would be so certain to deliver just extraordinary breakthroughs and technological and medical miracles, and do so much to improve human wellbeing and increase job opportunities and national wealth and prosperity.

That is a moral imperative. We must do this because we can do this. And so that’s what the book is all about. It’s called the money revolution describing this, how we got to this new economic environment. We find ourselves in and the opportunities that this new economic environment opens up to us, how to finance the next American century.

That’s the subtitle. Yeah. So folks, if you support the book, if not that the Chinese are gonna check our butts, get the AI, gotta push these ideas forward. But. I would also say check out Richard’s website, Richard Duncan, economics.com. We’ll put a link. I’ve got a lot of our older interviews with you, Richard at the website, simple Passit casual.com/duncan.

So if one, if people wanna go back and see if he changed his mind with anything, which I don’t think he did, they can go back and, review this stuff, listen to some of the older interviews. And if you guys are really interested in this stuff and in a pretty efficient manner, check out his market watch subscription too. I don’t know what’s the best way of checking that out, Richard.

Yeah. So my video newsletter, which has been going for nearly nine years, is called macro watch. And what macro watch is every couple of every two weeks, I upload a new video. It’s essentially me making a PowerPoint presentation with audio describing these slides, discussing something important happening in the global economy and how that’s likely to impact asset prices, stocks, bonds, properties, currencies, commodities.

And so for example, some of the recent videos, the main themes of macro watch are that credit growth drives economic growth and liquidity determines whether asset prices go up or down. So last year, the big theme of macro watches was there. The Fed was creating 120 billion a month. And so this was creating a liquidity tsunami.

I called it that was likely to drive up asset prices. And in fact, it drove them into a frenzy, but starting around September last year, the Fed started changing its tune in letting it know that it was going to taper quantitative easing. And it turned around from being, having very loose monetary policy to very tight monetary policy.

And so at that point I started, I turned Barrish around September last year, saying liquidity tsunamis, coming to an abrupt end. And since then I’ve published probably at least 10 videos with titles, such as fear, the fed and prepare for a very hard landing that have worn that as liquidity dries up, it’s going to be a very difficult environment for asset prices and sure enough, asset prices have been crushed.

So these are the two types of videos that I produce. And so if your listeners would like to learn more, they can visit my website, which is Richard Duncan, economics.com as Richard Duncan, economics.com. And if they would like to subscribe to macro, hit the subscribe button and I’d like to offer your listeners a 50% subscription discount.

So if they hit the subscribe button, they’ll be prompted to put in a discount coupon code. If they use the coupon code lane, your name, they can subscribe to a 50% discount. So I hope they’ll check that out at Richard Duncan, economics.com and at the very least, while they’re there, they can sign up for my free blog and follow my work that way,

Line I’ve just lost your audio. I oh, there, there am. Yeah, so folks, I would say, if you’re really interested in this type of how the economy really works, I would suggest, going there and learning yes. Or at least checking out some of the free videos. There’s just so much fear mongering out there these days.

And when you start to learn how credit works and how we’re not on. Economics and how the code standard is no longer here. It really puts a lot of these headlines and more context as opposed to just taking whatever the media says. But it’s Richard, before we let you go, what’s a couple, like one or two things that you’re seeing in the headlines that from your opinion’s just, doesn’t really, it’s not more like finger mongering or things that don’t really move the needle in terms that we talked about how foreign Ukraine and the COVID impacting the supply chains.

But what are other things that you see out there that just to give people some insight on that? So one thing that really worries and bothers me about what people here in the United States, not so much on, CNN or any of the major news channels, but there’s the undercurrents people are really ha are given this idea that.

The fed is evil and the government is somehow evil and it’s all corrupt and hopeless and that the people running the fed are out to get them. And it’s like some big conspiracy. That’s just all wrong. These people are not evil. They’re not out to get you. They’re doing the best they can possibly do under the circumstances they have inherited. They’re not perfect, but they’re certainly not trying to crush the middle class or, in any way, harm anyone.

So this entire negative view that is shared by such a large number of Americans now is really very damaging. And I’m sure that sort of message is being fueled by our enemies being sponsored by China and Russia. A lot of these websites who perpetually send out messages to the US are failing. And, the dollar is going to collapse and become worthless and you can’t trust anyone, that’s completely wrong.

The United States is a democracy and it is, it has the rule of law and it remains, the best hope I think for, or given its size the best hope for the future of humanity. And we don’t want a totalitarian government, like China has where if you, you can criticize the government in the us.

You criticize the government in China and you disappear. You criticize the government in Russia, you disappear. We don’t, we’ve got a much better system. Now, sometimes these totalitarian governments, like China, can be very effective because they can just steamroll over all opposition. But if they’re the president who now appears to be president for life.

Now, if he becomes senile 10 years from now, the way dun the way mal became senile in his later years, that was catastrophic for China. We’ve got a great political system in the United States. It’s not perfect. Us. Foreign policy has certainly not been perfect, but is better than the alternatives.

And it’s wrong to think that our system is badly falling apart. Crumbling, not too long ago, people were arguing that the dollar was about to collapse. Now the dollar’s at a 20 year high and so you know, have faith in your government and have faith in people at the fed. And us policy makers, because they’re certainly trying to do the best for our country, given the situation that they have inherited, which poses a lot of challenges and problems, but they’re trying to do their best.

So don’t don’t assume the worst about American policy makers, because this is our country and we need to make it stronger. Not tear it apart. Thanks. I, and I think I agree with that positive sentiment at the end, a little, it always fun is it’s always fun to talk bad about the government, but I do agree with you on that one, Richard, but yeah, if you guys wanna form your own opinions about this stuff, check out macro watch if not just steal what you get from Yahoo finance, we’ll see you guys next time.

What was the last couple of podcasts that was really like Richard Duncan. And it really
puts a lot of faith in the fed, like how he was closing out there. It’s a hard job, right? Like these guys in the Fed, they’re running this intricate balance of managing inflation to two to 3% while manipulating inflation one way with unemployment and interest rates.

And it’s a fine balance without this thing toppling down and staying in the middle. Now, there was one thing that he mentioned that I took exception to, which was with a lot of millennials out there finally having to pay their interests on their. Now you’ve mentioned that.

Yeah, like a lot of ’em aren’t gonna be buying houses to live in, which makes me, as an apartment owner, it’s good residential home prices that I don’t invest in residential properties for that reason because it is very emotional and to me, less and less people are gonna be buying houses. The one thing I did during the session that he said was lowering rents. I don’t think rents will be going down for any long period of time. And I’ve said it before. It can go down for maybe a few quarters in a row, but I find it hard to believe that it’ll go down for more than a year, three years more than that.

Rent is just one of those things. That’s just as things get more and more expensive, it gets passed on to the poor consumer at the bottom. And as things get more, more difficult, millennials have problems qualifying for debt buying houses to live in because they become more and more unaffordable. What do they do? We got vacancies. They can come up and rent the apartment if they want. And that’s why I essentially like to invest in commodities that cater towards the lower middle class, that kind of catch people as they come.

So if you haven’t yet make sure you guys check out some of our future events. We’re gonna be doing a couple here and the January retreat in Hawaii. Martin Luther king weekend. Join our club to get access to more details simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and we will see you on next week’s podcast.

July 2022 Real Estate Braddahs Ep. 53

Hey folks, this is the 53rd episode of the real estate brothers. Welcome folks. In this episode, we’re gonna be talking all about rising interest rates, J Powell and rumors of the fed. And Dean’s gonna start us off with some June statistics, but before we do that, why don’t you guys take some time and take some questions and comments and we’ll, I’ll try and formulate it in our head.

We’ll try, incorporate it into this month’s episode. Okay, so that is that me? That’s you. Okay. Welcome everybody. Thank you for tuning in as always. What is this number? 53 episode number. That’s pretty cool. I think it shows our dedication to our craft. We’re not doing anything else other than doing this freaking thing every month. We should be in person soon.

Is that right? So as you guys know, I’m a real estate investor and realtor in Hawaii can catch me on my YouTube website real estate of Hawaii, or my website, real estate of Hawaii dot. But yeah. Before we jumped into the statistics, I wanted to share a couple things, summer activities here in Hawaii.

So one event that I tried, our venue was beyond Monet. That’s over in the convention center. I, the reason why I posted, I wanna talk about this one is that I wasn’t very cool. I guess you could say, but I wasn’t impressed very much and maybe I’m not an impressionist appreciator or an art appreciator, but it just was, the lack of, what I was able to see there, basically there was like two large rooms.

One room had a lot of. Words that you could read about Monique’s history, which that part was interesting, but keep in mind, I brought my 10 and my eight year old child and they went, we went on a playdate. So that was one room that after you read all the history, then you step into another room that had, it was like a big, I know it is just an empty hall that had four sides of Screens and the projectors just shot on all four sides.

Like just moving art, which is interesting too, but that was pretty much the end of it. And I think we paid, along the lines of maybe $30. So it went by really quickly. So just underneath that, I have this search for Snoopy the peanuts adventure at the experience. We didn’t do this, but the funny thing is after the beyond, Monnet.

event. We went over to AWA shopping center and to have the kids play on this playground right next to the target. And we saw this search for Snoopy, a popup adventure. So I, we didn’t go to, we didn’t have time, but I then went online, came to find out it’s the, it’s pretty much the same price as the BI money event.

And again, I haven’t gone through it yet, but it touted like eight different things. Areas to go and do, tour and adventure. So it depends like I’m sure if you’re a Mon fan or appreciated the beyond money must would probably be awesome. But, I didn’t find it very. Good bang for your buck.

And the one interesting thing too, was that someone was working, there was a basketball tournament down below at the convention center. So I was talking to the lady working that event. And she has mentioned to me that she was gonna go to beyond Mon and said, oh, And I asked her, there was a beyond van go event that happened probably six months ago.

So I had asked her, oh, what she thought about that one? She said she hadn’t been to that one. She missed it. But the interesting comment she made was that the beyond van go event had a lot, a really good turnout. And from my understanding, it was very similar with the two different areas.

And she said, surprisingly, she finds that this beyond Monet venue, isn’t getting as nearly as much attraction or pool as the beyond van goal came. So that made me think that people like that. Paid the money for the Vango event. Weren’t impressed enough to come back to the beyond money when they found out it was a very similar concept instead. Anyway, did you go to the one in Japan where there’s like

the immersive experience near you? Yes. So that one there’s two of those in Tokyo and we did go to that and oh yeah, maybe I’m comparing it to that, but. When blue this one’s out of water, because this one, I’m just looking at a picture, but it looks like they just like. Fired up four or four projectors and they just changed the USB file.

It’s not, I, there are transitions a little bit. It’s a little bit more fancy than that to your point. But yeah, in a nutshell versus the one in Japan, which is, comparing apples in oranges, but the technology that they had in the one in is, the kids, they would get a picture.

They would. Draw a sea creature, and then they would scan that sea creature in the computer, and then that would pop up and be animated. And. Going all over the walls in the virtual ocean and it would be moving. And that’s just one right there. There’s and maybe we were expecting that, but anyway, we are typical Hawaii, man.

If anybody can help me find a CPA that knows about passive losses and land conservation essence, please help me because apparently we are 20 years behind everybody on the mainland. And in terms of 3d, immersive art, we. A hundred years behind Japan. Anyway, getting off topic, let’s jump into the statistics for June.

And I’ve been tracking this as well as some other statistics because everyone is talking about the doom and glue and how there’s the correction and interest rates are making everything. Tank. And that may be the case on the stock market side, but glad to announce that it’s not quite happening in Hawaii. We are seeing a little bit of, I dunno, if you wanna call it softness, but as you can see, it’s not really evident in some of these numbers I’ll point out to you where it might be, but starting off with the single family meeting, single family home prices, we’re actually at 1 million we’re actually up 12% from the same time last year.

On the townhouse condo side, we actually. Broken all time, new record at five 30, 4,000. And that’s up 16% from last year where we do see maybe a potential. I dunno if you wanna call it softening, but it is on the Kohl sales, 357 for single family. That’s a 21% decrease from last year and 626 Kohl sales for townhouse condos.

That’s a 14% decrease. Last year, if you wanna say, that’s, if that’s a sign, the market, we’re still at 10 and 11% market, which is still a strong seller’s market by definition. So what I would like to do is like how we always do is dig a little bit further to see how things are going.

So closed sales. We see again, we’re just looking at the trend lines that, over the last. In 10 years, this is the closed sale trend. And if you look at it still looks relatively healthy, it’s not like it’s like a big drop, for new listings. This is where I think on the mainland.

Certain parts of the mainland they’re saying is softening up because sales are going down, listings are coming up. And then, inventory overall is on the rise, which is causing the prices then to soften. But as you can see here, new listings, we have, we, it’s not really going up. It’s actually going down.

And so what that does. Month supply of inventory. It’s not bumping that up as much as it is in certain parts of the United States. So if we look at, for June, we still have a single family, 1.6 months of inventory and condos, one not much different at 1.7, if you look at this historical chart, we were still really busy all time low still.

Until the inventory starts bumping up, I think that’s. We will actually get to see more softening of the prices I think. And, one thing different we have is our new construction rates. Aren’t nearly as high as they are at the mainland, being on the island as we are. So looking at days on market too, as a lagging indicator for a buyers or sellers market.

And we have, as you can see. As you mentioned earlier, it’s well under two weeks, so we’re still by definition in a seller’s market. And again, all of these statistics are lagging indicators, but these are six days old, right? As of June, interest rates again we talked about in the past.

I pulled this number yesterday, but the 30 year fixed is at 5.65. And I know I hear a lot of people freaking out and right, because everyone’s been spoiled for the last 10, 12 years. And what it does is yeah. When you, everyone is used to that 3% interest rate, it’s going. Almost double and now your buying power goes down.

So everyone has to adjust to that. Yeah. Okay. So now going onto some interesting news on the west side of wahoo, this is regarding the Makaha valley area. Once in a while, I get these calls . A lot of people like new construction and they’re looking for new construction popping up.

We always talk about Kaka ACO. We talk about Co Ridge having a whole ley, but there’s one small subdivision out in Makaha valley by cottage, by Stanford, Cara cottages at Mount Olu. It’s a gated community. The single family homes up to about 1.2 million and it is just out there in the middle of that valley and just stands out compared to everything else.

And part of the reason why is because we had this, a Canadian company that had bought the land in Makaha valley many years ago. And they were supposed to develop residential vacation homes, vacation rentals and golf courses. A few golf courses, I think two golf courses popped up over there.

Only one has survived, but besides that, there’s not much out there. In fact, one of the golf courses was supposed to be a tiger woods golf course. And so without that development coming through fruition that cottages of mono oil just stood out there. Oddly placed, but that developer actually went bankrupt in 2021, the one in Canada.

And so they, the bankruptcy courts have sold the property to K group, which is a Korean company. And hopefully they’re gonna start development in terms of getting that Makaha valley, developed in, having. Some neighbors and something to match the development of the cottages at MLU.

So that’s it depends how you look at some, some people think that’s great news. Other people are like, keep the, keep Hawaii, but is that a safe place out there? Is it. I just ask the question, everybody’s thinking. Yeah, no, and that’s a great question. And as a realtor, by, by definition, they, we have to watch out for what we say because of fair housing laws.

So when oh, selling properties, that kind of thing, but no, to your point, you go down the street. And you head towards the ocean and there’s a homeless camp off to the right, right on the beach. That’s not looking too good. And overall, you think of the, once you get outta Makaha valley, you look at the.

The condition in the neighborhood, the houses are really old. And so there is something to say it was gated, right? This thing, this, the cottage at mano is gated. Yeah. And there’s a guard. Like I said, it does, it is unique in terms of once you get out of the valley how the rest of the inventory and those new neighborhoods.

This is good for the mainland guys who don’t know anything about the island. And then they just, they don’t care being on the west side. Funny that you bring that up because that’s who’s the ones that are spotting this one and asking me about it. So yeah, that’s exactly the ones. And then, so then there’s a little bit of education too, and saying, okay come down and let’s go drive through the neighborhood. Let’s take a drive out. and let me know what you think. And so it is to your point that I am getting those inquiries about cottages. That’s why, when I see these articles like, oh, good to talk about because it’s all part of educating our friends, our clients, about our neighborhoods, where are the gated communities?

You get this one there’s. There’s actually a if you could see this picture out. Oh, lower Ridge. Oh, just in general. Yeah. There’s not many gay communities. Yeah. There, oh, there’s a townhouse in Milani Maka. There’s condo complexes that are easier to gate, right?

Yeah. But no houses. Yeah. You know what I mean? Yeah. Oh, there, there are ones I. Shoot. I think in Windward side, there are too. And in the Kahala side, there are a few, I think they’re small though. Yeah. But yeah. That’s why I like to talk about these kind of, articles too. Yeah. As always, I like to talk about the scam the month.

So now we’re talking about celebrity cryptocurrency scams and. Basically what these scammers are doing is they’re building the scam initially. Then the criminals will boost the scam with fake endorsements. So they will get, I guess they’ll impersonate public figures who previously promoted cryptocurrency to make the endorsements seem legitimate.

And then the endorsements are meant to influence you to invest in the scam. And if you fall further you’ll not see any return on your investment, obviously. So keep being aware of those. Always do you know, never trust a get rich quick scheme, if it sounds too good to be true, it probably is.

They’re the crypto currency scams are usually caught, and shut down quickly, but you never know. And remember that celebrities do get paid to endorse the. Cryptocurrency. You do your research and your due diligence in mighty people, although we are social creatures and we just follow, like lemmings one person that’s popular, right.

Happens since high. So that’s basically what this is. Yeah. So in this scenario, that celebrity isn’t truly promoting this scam, it’s just try to mimic that. Yeah. So the way this works is there’s like these discord channels. And then they’re usually put on by some kind of influencer, like a YouTuber or somebody like a podcaster that doesn’t know what they’re talking about.

But sometimes the influencer is like some actual tech founder that actually went full cycle with a company that’s where you gotta do due diligence, but most times it’s think, what’s that Jake Paul dude, or I don’t know who these guys are, that the one the brothers, the box. The pro boxer.

I don’t know. He, I don’t know. He’s got beach chairs like that, but he’s, there’s a lot of these like influencers, right? And so they get paid, not they’re dumb. They, I would, if I was the influencer, I would want equity, but they just get paid like a, just a quick sum of cash to shout out.

Just like all the Instagram influences out there. If you guys go to social blade.com, you can. Find all the local influencers and just pay people in certain categories where you want. It’s all paid for. It’s just a sham these days.

Like social media, waste of time. I dunno. I’ve been grumpy today. Cool, cool. No, that’s a good, very good point in terms of, you get. You very much do research, cuz there’s so many people and you think that it’s legit, they try to legitimize things. Anyway, moving on. So I have a client who is, this has happened a few times actually, where. . But right now I have a client who’s planning to sell their property.

They live 3000 miles away. They haven’t seen their property for quite a few years now it was tenanted. And again so yeah, they’re in the mainland and One thing and sorry they want me to sell their property. So one thing I asked them to consider you don’t need to, is to get what’s called a pre-marketing home inspection.

Typically in the buying process, the buyer is recommended on their own dollar to get a home inspection. And they use that as leverage, possibly to negotiate repairs. And our credits. So in the scenario that we’re in this for my clients, I had given them the option to get a pre-marketing home inspection.

And so one reason why this might be something for sellers to consider is it, it minimizes prices for the buyers as well. For the sellers in that manner, because they haven’t set it for net property for so many years. They don’t know what’s going on. A lot of times the property manager doesn’t let them know what happened.

The best thing they can do is go back to their accounting and see, oh, they had, they got billed for this. Okay. Okay. The toilet was repaired cuz or replaced. Cuz we see that in the bill, sometimes there’s a bill and there’s no detail. So the inspection helps. minimize those kinds of oopsies or like things they didn’t know about you.

And in theory it can reduce the buyer’s reason to cancel from the one inspection. So if providing, then with the buyers, with the information, if you want to at least be able to disclose things that popped up in this pre-marketing home inspection. It gives the buyers in theory, less outs because of, in things that they didn’t know, because they discovered it during their inspection, because we were able to let them know prior to getting into, to contract by right.

The buyer can opt out of the. contract based on for no reason for that matter in terms of if they’re still within that inspection period, but this just in theory mitigates the risk of them canceling on a, for a legitimate reason. It’s also in a pre-marketing home inspection is also a great marketing tool from the standpoint of being able to say to the buyers and the buyer’s agent in.

In good conscience that the seller is being upfront, honest and operating. Good in good fails in good faith without anything to hide. And it totally depends on the sellers because the sellers could take it two ways. They could go on the one side of the spectrum and be fully transparent to the point.

Oh here’s the pre-marketing home inspection report in. Take a look at it and you can see, or you could be on the opposite side of that spectrum and say, you know what, I haven’t set foot on this property. I’m gonna sell it as there are no credits, repairs, anything. So buyers now that you know, that you build in that, to your taking that to consideration in your offer, right?

So that’s theoretically you could be leaving meat on the bone though. So that’s why when you have that two ends of the spectrum, In theory, when you’re being more upfront and open you can hopefully get more for your property and pocket more. So it depends how you look at it again. Sometimes I have clients who are like, no, just as I take it.

I don’t wanna know anything. Just let them know. I don’t know anything. And that’s fine also. And again, situations where the owners haven’t seen their property in a long time is often when I. through that as a consideration for my sellers. So something for sellers to think about.

Yeah. See. So last I wanted to end with an update on the Kakaako neighborhood. So I went by today to take some clients over to the ward village. Area in the IBM building. And so I heard a few presentations. So quick update the Ali condo condominium that’s been completed already, but they still have some available studios that start at 660,000.

And there’s actually resale condos for Ali because it’s been done. I think some people are turning around and trying to sell them. Of course those are probably more. units that are, they were picked already. So the ones that are still sitting are not gonna be as, in good I guess part of the building, also co Ola is another complex similar to Ali, a little bit close, closer to the ocean and those studios start at seven 30.

They also have one bedroom at, in the nine hundreds and the two bedrooms at 1.2. So this one’s not gonna be actually done till I think. The fall quarter Q3 of this year. So those are for sale. A few units left. If you have, if you add to know anything, then P me, I have the pricing and the available units, but maybe for next month I’m gonna talk about the next building, that word villages or Howard Hughes is putting up and that complex is called Kalay.

And I’ll report next month. But lane, we talked about not Uru being on the ocean and having nothing to no views. So Kalia is one of those buildings that’s gonna be built right across from Aliana Boulevard. And it’s gonna have a view of the ocean in theory. They’re not building them similar to Naru where everyone has.

Ocean view, they’re doing it a little bit differently where I believe it’s, you’re either looking ever or diamond head. And then you have not a pick a peek, a Butte blue view, but you don’t get a straight shot view of the ocean so that everyone has some kind of view, but not the most gorgeous view, more information on KA coming soon. Those, when bedrooms start at 1.2. Just to let you focus on the downs, that could be for a while, but I’ll probably have a better, more comprehensive report with pictures and pricings. For next month, what’s the three bedroom, three bath costs. Because all these other ones are under like 1200 square feet.

Yeah. So, I think there’s gonna be like, I think that the highest would be like 5.3 fi in the 5 million. Oh, that’s probably this one, this three it’s at the corner unit three bedroom, three bath, 1457 square feet. So yeah, so Kale’s gonna be 330 units. 165 of those units are gonna be unrestricted, meaning, you can be an investor.

You don’t have to be living here. The remainder you have to be. It has to be owner occupied. Yeah. So what’s. oh, okay. So this Alii is not as good as Lua then. Yeah. Ali’s further towards the mountain. The unit sizes are a little bit smaller, the unit sizes. And then yeah, this interesting thing is Alii.

I have heard from a few buyers who stepped into the unit after cuz you’re buying off blueprints back then. And they’re like, oh my gosh, like this. This is so small. I can’t even believe how the engineers even, or the architectures they should be fired for coming. And man, you knew you should have known it’s gonna be tiny.

And, the thing is there weren’t any models to look at. Yeah. And I did see one of the Ali studios and it wasn’t that it seemed actually really big because of the way they made everything efficient and they had a Murphy bed and, but it reminded me of Murphy bed. You gotta live in the studios.

Yeah. Yes. If you’re, it reminded me of some of the Airbnbs, I stayed in Tokyo. If you are moving from, say Milani Maka from the four bedroom, three bath single family home, 2000 square feet, and you’re trying to. Squeeze yourself into a 350 square foot studio. Yeah. You’re gonna, you’re gonna be in a big bunch of shock.

Yeah. That’s the downgrade living with mom and dad. You get your living room and all the common air between the laundry room and you know that you get smaller quarters. You could, yeah, seriously. So I don’t know. It just depends how you look at it. Cuz the theory is that, you go back to your, so these micro apartment theories in these urban areas is you go up and you go to sleep there, but you’re gonna go down to the amenities that they have as well as the public amenities in terms of the restaurants and the shopping and the parks.

And know the interesting thing about transitioning back to Kalia is they’re gonna have these bungalows, it’s almost giant. I dunno like kitchens and the area. And one of the bongos has a pool where you can rent out. This area fits maybe 50 people and you have to pay a fee, but it’s almost like a miniature version of middle lane town association where you can rent out the big party room for your 300.

party, graduation, that kind of thing. It’ll be interesting, but yeah, Kala’s gonna be right on the, on Boulevard. So that should be an interesting one. I can, I’ll talk about that one and we can do even comparisons with the older inventory that has the video. Yeah. So that’s all I have for my section.

We’ll. If you guys wanna learn more about investing on the mainland, you guys can check out my podcast and we’ll pass it, cash flow, and the website simple pass it, cash flow.com, but let’s get to it here as this is a little chart that I put together where everybody’s complaining about the interest rates going up, but Hey, the interest rates go up, they cool off inflation and that’s just what the fed does.

And that’s, it’s kinda like your parents who told you couldn’t do something you wanted to do. That’s what the Fed is doing to make sure that we don’t go to hyper inflation and some con historical context of how long these times of cranking rates up, what did it go up? 70 per basis points last time.

It will probably go up half percent three quarter percent again next time, but you’re the last time it’s, it’s gone. 1.4 years, one and a half years. She lived 0.2 years from 2005 to 2008. The most recent one, 2017 to 2020, just before the pandemic was 2.6 years. So I would say, people say the interest rates are gonna go back down. I don’t think so, man. I think we’re looking at least another year of interest rates cranking up,

Best and worst places to raise a family. People like these for some strange injuries and, but Honolulu and Pearl city were like number one there. Oh, wow. Yeah.

Sanel is like a real estate guru staying away from Bitcoin. And if you guys are interested, I did a video called Crypto winter, which is upon us. I think it was live. Tomorrow on my YouTube channel, you guys can just Google it. Rich uncle is the YouTube channel. We try to keep things fun and light up there, but I’m not a huge fan of investing for sustainable returns, that type of stuff.

I do think it’s long term, so don’t get me wrong, but I just don’t. I took all my money, all that blocked by and all that type of stuff. Cuz there’s all this did. All the brokerages. I don’t know if that’s the right word to use, but of all the people on the exchanges there’s some turmoil happening on the staking side , but John Burns real estate consulting reports that demand is shifting from owning to renting with prices still pretty high.

There’s a bit of a. Home appreciation nationwide hit 20% in March of 2022. Making the largest jump in three decades. Mortgage payments went up about $600 with the latest increase in rents. If you live in Hawaii, that’s probably four times. Probably like two grand mortgage payments, right? Like most people used to pay three grand now it’s five GS right. Every month. Yep. Yep. Yep. In terms of new, the comparable new loan, right at the new lease, right?

Yeah, exactly. Should have done it yesterday. Yeah. Cause we all say, but I saw a picture the other day of some guy signing a noon loan. And I was like, really now’s the time to do it, but I guess, the rates are gonna go up more than likely in the next year. So I guess better now than later, but it’s a little too late to the party in a way.

Oh, I told you too. And that other slide that I showed, at, five, 6%, we’re still relatively low in the grand scheme of historical interest rates. You. Yeah. So exactly. So we’ve just been spoiled, when it, and it’s just shocking to us emotionally, as well as financially, when you look at how far down our buying part went, compared to when I was at 3% or below 3%, it’s very unnerving and it’s scary. It’s scary. . Yeah, but are you ready? That’s why I like your condos. Like your condos are, so I don’t wanna be offensive again. I always get that disclaimer, like one ha or 600 grand to 1.5 million, that’s all kind of semi middle class household house is like, to me, the people coming from the mainland are not middle class.

They’re all buying much larger or they can afford all charter, larger houses. Or more expensive houses. That’s 600 square feet here in Hawaii, apparently, but, yeah, like I, it’s binary. I think it’s like the low end folks, which is, most people in Hawaii are struggling and it’s the high end that can afford it.

And they are doing pretty well, all things pretty much it’s the elimination of the middle class, right? Yeah. The cation of the haves and the haves nots. Yeah. What do you wanna be? Dean? Do you wanna be, you can’t be middle class. You can’t stay in the middle and you have to go to one side, I wanna be on, I wanna be happy and I want my kids to be happy.

Yeah. Yeah. They’re not gonna be happy unless you pay $30 to see Snoopy and well, and not even bed an eye on it point us to the apartment market, nothing sign of slowing down rents. Road. Here are some apartment markets that are doing pretty well: Miami, New York, Fort LDO, Florida, Tempe, Orlando, San Diego, west Palm Nashville, Seattle, New York. Top smallest increases generally came in the Midwest and Northeast.

All the growth is in the Sunbelt. We keep talking about it again and again, and multi-housing news echoes that the rust belt and. Northeast, more people were leaving California, the rust belt and the Northeast heading to the Sunbelt and the Rocky mountain regions. This article they’re talking about out-of-state rental applications.

So people are moving out of their state. I know people are always moving out of Hawaii and the more affluent people are always moving back. Where are people relocating? Where are the magnets? Texas, Florida, Arizona, Georgia, and Tennessee. And this is what we’re talking about. The nation’s best renter retention rates for conventional apartments are occurring in the class B and the C units because of class B and C folks.

The middle class are not economically mobile and they cannot afford to buy houses, especially today. And this trend will fully continue on. Oh, here’s some places where they’re moving Class C are the apartments that aren’t raising rents as much as the high end, because the high end aren’t there, they have more money to spend, especially these days coming outta the pandemic.

Which is a little perplexing too, because you would think that maybe the people who are on the fringe or the bees move down to the seas, but right. So you just don’t have the ability to pay much more. Seems this one has some pertinent to Hawaii folks. But this is all the way in New York. This is a sort of anti rent control bill that got passed. Just one in a line of many I’m sure there’ll be more rent control, but I always look to you, you’re drawing us out with the paper. Oh my bet. All right. We’re always Looking at states like California and New York, where you are seeing this kind of precedent centering type of laws being passed because Hawaii is very progressive in terms of laws and equality.

In terms of financial equality, changes in my opinion, One time, Hawaii that comes up for discussion. Once in a while at the legislature rent control, it’s very scary. We don’t have rent control here. We do not, but it comes, it comes up every once in a while, every session. I dunno if it’s every session, but it becomes a topic of discussion because of the high cost of living there.

Affordability problem. Did you hear that Hawaii’s minimum wages can get raised, I don’t know, 10 years from now that was that a big thing or I just saw that article. Yeah. It’s see, I don’t even initially right on the fed side I think Obama was going, he was successful.

And I don’t know. I feel that I understand what they’re trying to do, but. I have a feeling it’s gonna backfire from the standpoint of, when we hear big, like on the federal side with that, I feel like now we saw McDonald’s a lot of those kiosks popping up in the cashiers.

Yeah. At the Safeways, we see the self checkout lines, more popping up, even Costco. So I feel like it might have a backward effect. you’re gonna actually displace the human resource. Yeah. I’ve never seen so many parking attendants. The guys who take your ticket.

There’s none of that. On the main night, everything is Automated, you don’t have some random person just staying in that little booth all day, making X dollars an hour. You don’t have any of that. I think El Elon Musk was watching an interview with him and he was saying that, with all of this technology, AI and everything, it’s gonna make a lot of this menial labor.

Positions that were handled in previously by, from, by humans, handled by technology and AI to the point where you know, people that don’t ha these, I, I guess for lack of better unskilled labor type positions are, might go away and who need to have, like a socialistic society where. Some people, the homeless, won’t be homeless, the jobless population will grow because there won’t be any jobs for a certain type of demographic or amount of education.

There, there won’t be any jobs for a big portion of the population. So the governments are gonna have to just pretty much just give them money and because they, there’s no way they’re gonna find a job. Go on Reddit and read the anti work thread. It’s funny. It’s made to be funny, but it is super sad because like people, you have to get into so much student debt to get a halfway decent job to make 50 cheese a year.

It’s ridiculous. And then one of there’s funny things and it’s okay, Make me do this bullshit application for a job that takes me like an hour. And then I have to upload all my job experience every single time. And then you’re not gonna tell me what the stupid pay is. That’s absurd, but that’s just how it is.

I don’t know. It just, yeah, like it, it is getting so separated. This is why I just wanna go to my gated community where when everybody gets so pissed off and everybody just fights in the streets, I will be away. And maybe, I know you’re not allowed to have guns, but maybe I’ll get a cannon or like a lightsaber and protect myself.

But yeah, like it just, yeah, it feels, feel sorry for a lot of folks out there. It’s just the system. Yeah. But yeah, I agree like the, raising the minimum wage is gonna get just passed down to the lower guys somehow. Yeah. Yeah. But let’s just keep focus on keeping the status quo for now.

But yeah, CNBC business, their opinion. It’s time to prepare for a recession. I’m not, I don’t really see this happening too much. We’re already, we’ve already had a negative 1.5% GDP. Last quarter and our recession is officially two quarters of that in a row. But like when the previous quarters passed were like 20% plus gains then you’re due for one of these once in a while.

You’re still net positive. yeah. You’re still net positive on one year moving average, these articles they need to sell, they need to sell doom and gloom. But I do think that the war in Ukraine is going longer, or the lockdowns in China, cuz that’s gonna make even more supply chain shocks. those are just two of them.

What they call the black Swan events that could potentially happen. That probably won’t, that is there’s always black swans events that could happen, but I don’t know. I don’t know. It’s why you buy stuff that makes sense in cash flows, as opposed to gambling on things. And don’t.

Any commentary there, Dean, I just was gonna say with that said, how, what, how are you getting ready for this? Or how are you? I think in a discussion I had with you, you folks, in, in a different setting, it was like, part of me, is getting caught up with all of this, these Domain gloom stories and taking my foot off of the gas in terms of.

My investing because I’m at where I’m at now. I’m still in the acquisition phase. So in theory, all things being the same, I should be pedaling to the metal and buying cash, flowing properties, but seeing this kind of thing in the media, in terms of the recession coming up and it’s maybe I’ll keep that cash for a little while.

And although I’m losing. Up, 8% keeping it in cash. If, and when there’s a big correction, then, I can put, be buying whatever real estate stocks. Yeah. Crypto at a discount and at the bottom waiting for everything to go up. So it’s what are you, how are you taking the, all of these kinds of articles since you’re reading them, just buy stuff that cash flows now.

But that whole thing that you said makes a lot of sense, but in practice it’s impossible. Do you remember 2008, right? That was your big moment. could you have picked the bottom and picked the right point? No, you probably are. So you could even do it in 2011, 12, 13, 14, 50.

Like you, you are not able to pick the bottom, just like again, 20, 20. The bottom fell out. But did you have the coho to go back in and summer of 20, 20 or 2021? No it’s impossible to catch, go in is, which is part of the practicality of that type of strategy. And I don’t claim that I’m that smart or have the clogs that do it either when it drops.

So I’m just gonna dollar cost average, and just, yeah, I was about to say the exact same term. So look what happened in 2020, like the bottom things dropped, right? I don’t have any of that type of stuff. That’s why I do real estate. But if you are already in you and you held onto real estate, you got that tremendous climb up.

There was no way you could have jumped into it. Hit that wave. If you are sitting on the sidelines or on shore, you have to be in the water in there holding onto the asset. Yeah. And by the time it’s all happening. You’re like oh no. Oh no. yeah. If you have enough man, like by all power to you, you can do what you want.

But most of the people saying this do Gloo and they’re gonna hold onto cash. Are. Guys are under half a million million dollars net worth. And to me, you can’t sit there with that. That’s just not enough on my own, for me. Yeah. But if you wanna do something, that’s what life, that’s what the cashier life insurance is.

It’s a way of pun. If that’s a really conservative way you wanna play it. That’s a good point too, in terms of getting like it’s you’re not going to. Kill it with the returns, but you’re, you have something better than sitting in, in cash in the bank, and then you have so many options in terms of, accessing the cash for, yeah.

For what investments in, and not applying that. Yeah. I’ll say on a recorded line, I will guarantee that people cannot time the bottle. Oh, I got a chopstick-like wrapper and I put it in front of my daughter. And trying to test her like reflexes just to troll her.

She cannot catch that thing. Just like how people cannot catch. They cannot, like, whenever this bottom comes in, you cannot catch it. It’s just not. You scared me when you said that, I’ll say this on, on, on the record. I was like, oh, what? Oh, should I have to press the pause or what? Okay. So why am I saying outlandish things?

My second thing that I will bet on is I don’t think rents ever go down for longer than one to three years. I’m willing to take that bet. Why? With that said too, saying the stock market in the long run always goes up real estate. Oh, I don’t know. I don’t know. In Japan, that’s not the case.

And people say we could be like that, but rents never go down. I don’t know. And gravity works but. Anyway, We had some of these other things. We hit our time limit here. And we are looking to change the show and how, where do you guys wanna talk about? So if you guys have any feedback, please reach out to myself or Dean and we’ll see you guys next time.

Three BS Financial Dogma | Don’t Make These Financial Mistakes

Today’s podcast. You’re going to be hearing me being interviewed by another guy. And the reason why I wanted to share this is because it was actually pretty good. I go on maybe several podcasts as a guest speaker every week. Which puts our brand out there and really helps us attract the best people to come to our events and join up with our community, which we highly vet people coming into our group.

If you guys want to, submit yourself and try to meet other people, you guys can submit your name to simplepassivecashflow.com/club. And to get to know you guys a little bit better for some of you guys who’ve joined the email list. Let’s book a call.

Everybody gets a free strategy session. After that, you’ve got to pay for it. A lot of people out here and you’ve got to spread the wealth. A lot of folks have been listening to this podcast for four or five years now. And it’s always cool to interact with people.

And that’s been my mission that I’ve realized as of late if I can just get on the phone or a zoom call with someone for five minutes and let’s talk some stuff out. There’s so much bad financial advice out there. And a lot of the stuff that the wealthy people are doing, investing in good deals, using real estate tax advantages to pay little to no taxes, say it that way.

And infinite banking, you add those three combos up. It’s a very powerful thing. And a lot of the things is, finding other mentors and people doing this. You guys can check out our events at simplepassivecashflow.com/events. It does cater towards the family office ohana members.

We want to get to know you guys. We want to vet you guys coming in. If you guys are a good fit for our close knit community out there. Check out this podcast and again join our investor clubs simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Let’s get to know each other a little bit better.

And then hopefully we’ll see you guys in Hawaii in January, they’re treated, it’s going to be barring any fourth, fifth pandemic again. It was a great experience last year and what we should be wrapping up the promo video we created. And for a lot of you guys, who went on the trip.

It should be a fun watch to recap the memories that felt like long ago back in January. But if you guys want to check out other replays of our other past events you can go to simplepassivecashflow.com/events. And yeah, don’t be a stranger out there. Don’t be that guy, just listen to the podcast who doesn’t interact with anybody. Here’s the show.

We’re going to talk about counterintuitive wealth rules that the rich follow. Lane has a unique way of talking on this subject and you have experience in this topic Lane. But before all that, before we get into the meat and potatoes of the show,

let’s talk about your past and how you got started in real estate. So currently I run apartment syndications that currently have over 6,000 units today, but, where I started from was back in 2009 when I bought my first rental property. I grew up in a household where we’re taught to be very frugal, go to school, get a good job.

I eventually became an engineer because I followed this linear path, right? All this financial dogma, go buy the house to live in. I eventually started to rent it out. And that’s where I got this taste of cash flow and I eventually bought more and more of these turnkey rentals out of state for cash flow and then often a little bit.

Awesome. Yeah. You took the traditional path of becoming an engineer. What was it like to go to school for that long and then arrive to the realization that you weren’t where you needed to be. I got to my freedom number and I was still working and I had changed jobs a couple of times. In the beginning, I worked for a private company. I guess that’s where you learn the most as a professional, but I searched for easier jobs to work at . So I’d have more free time to do what was really important, which is the real estate investing part of it.

So I eventually created a nice lifestyle where the jobs are pretty cruise and, it was able to invest passively. Eventually I got to a point where I started to do bigger deals, started jumping other people’s money involved and therefore even needed to turn it into a true profession and spend all my time doing it.

That was where I finally quit my job back in 2018, I think, and never looked back since. I think the hardest thing that a lot of people talk about when they make that jump. Especially if you’re a high paid professional your identity is wrapped up. I wasn’t engineered to introduce yourself.

You say you’re an engineer. And part of it is that baggage or that identity, you went to school for a dozen plus years to be this profession. And you feel like you’re just throwing it. Yeah, certainly I feel that way too. I’m still in my full-time job as a CPA.

And when somebody asks me what you do, it’s hard not to say, oh, I’m an accountant. Oh, I’m a CPA because I don’t really know why it’s just so ingrained in this, we spent so much time acquiring this credential. And so we just, we want to share that, but it’s less popular to say, oh, I’m a real estate investor or go into that for some reason.

I think it’s the way we’re just brought up. Would you agree? Yeah, because it’s like 2021 now, right? If you’re an entrepreneur on your LinkedIn profile, we all know you don’t have a job, you can’t find a job, you’re unemployed and by having that professional title, society gets you a certain amount of notoriety.

I was thinking the other day, I was watching a commercial on senior housing and I was imagining if I was really old, what would we talk about? But we talk about how you know Jerry over there with Jerry was the doctor or Barry was the engineer, so much of it is predicated on your titles of your occupation. And when you get to a search important, you give that up, most people get to that stage where they are financially free. They don’t give a rip anymore because they’re FII and they don’t live by normal society kind of values at that point.

They’re just titles and knots. Yeah. And it’s interesting, if you traveled to other countries, they’re more defined by their family. So they talk about their family name, but in America it’s we’re identified by our occupations and it’s just a different, different way people identify themselves for sure.

These days, I’m kinda like you know what, I am, what I am. I don’t care who you are. It seems funny, but it’s like what car do you drive? What’s your net worth? That’s all that really matters. I know that sounds very shallow. But, as a real estate investor, you need to stop.

You’re getting off the beaten path and we just stop caring what other people think about you. And we could certainly dedicate the whole show to that, certainly. But today, specifically again, the counterintuitive wealth rules that the rich follow. Before we even dive into what these rules are, why did you outline this?

Why did you basically discover this so early in life, like how did you stumble upon these wealth rules? Yeah, so I went out, bought a rental property, and got around 2015. I had 11 of these rentals and at this point I just was doing it all by myself. Around 2015 was when I finally got out of my shell and started to interact and network with other pure passive high net worth investors.

And for me, it was a game changer because now I started to really get a glimpse of what the high net worth folks do. And what I realized is a lot of what they do is very counterintuitive to what we’re all taught right by our parents, school workers, friends. And the crazy thing is like a lot of these things work.

They’re very attainable. It’s not something that anybody can’t do, but there are certain financial dogma out there that totally tells us it’s the wrong thing. For example, not going into all this debt, getting whole life insurance or buying a house to live in. We can talk in more detail about these things.

Another example is like the wealthy don’t do these thinking retirement accounts, that’s for suckers, it’s like in the first year that you’re like stop, I can’t take money on a retirement. That’s an absolute sin. My friends and family. But I’m just saying, Hey man, like that’s what the wealthy do. I just figure out what the wealthy do and take the best practices and make sure that it’s logical from a numbers perspective. And I just go with it. Yeah, you’ve figured out what they do, and then you just copy it. It’s not like you’re reinventing the wheel, you’re just copying and pasting what works.

So let’s dive into that wealth rule that the rich follow that is counterintuitive to our culture. You mentioned on your website, don’t buy a home to live in. Okay. Can you unpack that? Because that’s certainly counterintuitive, let’s use the art type of the young professional.

This is who it really hurts. A house to me is a kind of a financial drag on your finances. You put this big lump sum down payment into a house and it doesn’t really grow for you. Conventional financial wisdom will say you’re putting money into this house and its growing equity.

Yeah, you could put it into five houses, right? And the crazy thing is that it’s you paying money for the mortgage and putting your heart, sweat, and tears and sweat equity into there. You have five families paying this stuff for you, putting their sweat equity into your wealth building. And that’s the big difference.

It comes down to paradigm shifts, right? Most people listen, most people in the water are really bad with their finances and can’t seem to save money. Sometimes it has to do with their saving skills, just basic personal finances and budgets, other times, it’s that they just, quite frankly, don’t make enough money.

And I’m speaking more towards the higher paid professionals out there, you guys make a good salary. You guys are living in a different paradigm than most of America and most of America, if you give them $10, they’re going to spend 11. They are irresponsible from a financial perspective. And not to say and not to cast any judgment or anything like that. But for those people, certain sets of rules apply. And this is where Susie Orman and Dave Ramsey’s. I don’t like their advice, but their advice is good for this subset of people that aren’t, haven’t really got a grasp on their basic finances.

So for those types of people, a house is a forced savings account, you put money into it. And it gets their grubby hands off a bear from spending it and that’s the benefit to that. But if you’re like, a lot of my clients, they are that diligent savers or the max out, their 401k guys, they save at least $30- $40,000 a year.

Now these are the different people on the other side of this paradigm that should go on the offense and invest money in assets, as opposed to just sink it down into their house. You mentioned a valuable term there often. It’s a difference between defense and offense. There’s two ways to pay money, right?

You can either go on the defense and try to save and cut your life back, which works for a lot of people who are, high thrill or they just want, they don’t have a lot of discipline, but if you want to truly get wealthy, you have to play more offensive, which is focusing more on income than just cutting back.

Tying it back to don’t buy your home. Do you believe that just because it’s a way for you to just tie up all this money without producing income. What’s the exact reasoning why maybe a 22 something that 20 something that just got a high paying job. Why should they not go buy their own home?

It just comes down to numbers, right? I’m like all right, show me how the numbers grow by you sinking your money into your house, right? So just typically real estate goes up and appreciates, right? And I think that’s why it’s such a forgiving asset class, you take that same money and you go plunk it down in real estate, properties or syndications and you show me what’s in the five, 10 year picture. How that money grows. The numbers don’t lie here. That’s all it is. Some people will say renting is like throwing money down the tube. That’s the biggest bunch of baloney I’ve ever heard. Yes, myopically it is.

But what if you’re taking that money and you’re making way more money on the side and rentals or syndications, you need to look at the bigger picture. I try to model the way. I rent my net worth is pretty decent and I have a sort of a feeling where I don’t think people should buy their primary residence unless a certain net worth is at least two times.

So the homes about their net worth needs to be two times the home’s value. That’s what you’re saying, right? So if they’re buying a $700,000 house, their net worth better be, at 1.4 or to me, it should be three times or more, but right. At that point, then you can start, like a lot of this wealth building in the beginning is the most critical stage when the net worth is under a quarter million or under a million dollars.

You can’t be screwing around and doing these like bad financial things, like buying a house. But once you get to a certain tipping point and it’s different for everybody, once you’ve hit that sort of almost escape velocity. Now you can take your foot off the pedal and start drinking some caviar, champagne, and buy a house to live in or buy a nice car.

That’s the beautiful thing. Go, Penn, buy a nice car. If you have the cash flow to support it. And you’re already past that critical point. It’s all about rate of return and rate of return is very important, especially early in your career because you don’t have a lot of capital to work with. So you need a higher rate of return to make the same amount of money than say a very wealthy person would. So what you’re saying is instead of plopping down 30, 50, a hundred thousand dollars for a down payment, deploy that in other cash flowing assets. And let’s say you’re making $2,000 a month from that.

Would the down payment, but then you’re paying 700 and rent while your nets 1300. Is that kind of what you’re saying? That’s the logic, but then we run into, I coach and counsel a lot of folks, and eventually what it comes down to is the people that are listening to the podcast, understand what we’re talking about.

They get it, but they cannot convey and communicate this to their spouse, the anchor, and they cannot effectively bead and manage and, take their family to where they want to be if that’s their goal , maybe that’s just the, the stoic within me, the obstacle is the way you got go through this and you can’t just, buy things that you want on a whim, like a house.

You have to do what is necessary to get to where you’re at and if you’re under a million dollars net worth, you’re broke and that was a derogatory term, but like you got to do stuff that you probably don’t want to do to get to a certain point to be financially free, if that’s what you truly want.

Yeah. You have to think counter-intuitively about what we’re talking about on the show here. So the second pillar that you mentioned in one of your online resources is you don’t buy mutual funds or other wall street products. So you’re singling out an entire type of investing here. Like we’re talking stocks, ETFs, bonds.

And so why do you hold that position? Because that’s very current counterintuitive. Yeah. When I started investing, I was making maybe 20, 30, or 20 to 30% returns on my money, just with a simple rental property. People don’t believe me. They can go to simple classic housel.com/returns, check out the video on the whole math.

But just go with me on podcasts land and here I am in my early twenties and I. Why am I need to put my money in this, like supposedly like stock market, for what case mutual fund stuff, when I’m only making eight to 10% and it goes up and down like a freaking rollercoaster, for me, it was like, no clear picture than that. Why the heck would I want to do that? If I just do take a little due diligence and yeah, sure. I’m getting off the beaten path, but it’s not that hard. It’s simple, passive at some point, and I can make much higher returns by doing this on my own. Why would I not want to do that?

And then I started to uncover that the whole system is engineered to keep us investing in that garbage before one K’s weren’t around earlier than the eight, 1980s, it was an engineered thing. Yes. It was to get people to actually save their money. The people on that side of the.

But it was a way for all these mutual fund companies like Fidelity or Vanguard or Charles Schwab’s to get it that all this money is sitting on the sidelines from the average Joe. Joe wasn’t able to get involved in the stock market, but now all these companies are able to get at these people’s money and they take their money at huge hidden fees and carry interest.

And what the average person doesn’t realize is just getting robbed in their sleep, getting this stuff, and nothing is not clear. I’m only making eight to 10% of that stuff. And I’m making such a bigger return than doing it on my own. Where did my money go? went to those big buildings and went to these high salaries for all these Ivy league grads who work in these ivory towers.

If you want that stuff in, you’re okay with those returning to school. But I realized, that the man behind the curtain, the wizard of Oz, referenced that it’s, this whole system is engineered to keep us in this. Because if everybody said what I’m preaching, go buy a handful of rentals and eventually get involved in syndications.

Most people are able to get financially free in less than 10 years if they make a halfway decent salary. At that point Ooh, what choose to go to work in a cooler, build our bridges, who would play doctor for us? Who would push the government paper up. Nobody would write.

Maybe some, but I wouldn’t. Yeah it’s sickening when you think about it that way that there are things in place to get people to do things for long decades, and then you eventually retire underwhelmed at what you’ve built your life towards. Yes. What frustrates me is like, there’s so much here’s some of the dogma that kind of prevents us all to do this right.

And it’s built in grading society. Let alone all the marketing, which you pay for as an investor comes out and hidden fees, part of the operating budget of the mutual fund or the broker. But people say you don’t want to take money out of your retirement. That’s a sin.

You can’t do that. You’re not, you can’t do that. But when I did. To me, it made sense. I’m going to take my money out, but I’m not going to be a bonehead and go buy a car or a jet ski with it. I’m going to keep putting it towards long-term assets that I don’t intend to use for a while.

I’m not taking the money out. So you can call it retirement money or not. It’s still my, my, my asset column. And then they call like, when you take money out, they call it like a penalty, 10% penalty. But to me, I was like, If I can recoup that 10% penalty in six months. And after that, it’s all gravy. Why the heck wouldn’t I want to do this.

Yeah. And so you were basically taking money out of your 401k and investing into real estate. When you discovered this, did you withdraw all your money from your 401k? I actually didn’t do this for quite a while. I was just, I was worse off than probably some of the listeners. I was always taught.

You never touch your retirement funds, which is complete bullshit. So it took me, I had bought several renters rentals up until that point until I finally pulled the plug on the retirement funds. I wish I would have done it a lot sooner, I was a good boy. I was like, you don’t do that type of stuff. You don’t pull your retirement fund and take a 10% penalty, like that’s just stuff. You’re not conditioned to. And yeah, I’m the person that preaches, do you run your numbers? I’m the one that saw the numbers, but I didn’t do it for such a long time. So I get it.

I know how hard it is for people to get off the beaten path and think alternatively, but, think for yourself, do the numbers yourself, that numbers don’t. And on the positive side, if you’re a person who has worked for 10, 20, 30 years by now, and you have a sizeable 401k balance, go ahead and try to tap into that through a self-directed IRA, certain options that, I’m not qualified to speak on, but there are ways to tap into those funds and diverted and.

Real estate or syndications like you’re involved in to get that higher return. So if you’re earning eight to 10, maybe you can get 20 to 30. So yeah. Yeah. Let’s talk about that a little bit. Like I think one thing is like getting out of the retail types of options. So all the analogy I like to use is when you’re investing in these brokerages, it’s like the cafeteria in high school or at least at my high school.

You have, you’re stuck with the school lunch. You’ve got only the options that they have and typically it’s crappy food and it was really expensive. But what do you do when you get your off campus pass? Which is synonymous with investing outside of these brokerages, investing in CrossFit real estate on your own in a year out there, you got your car.

You’re going out to Burger King and McDonald’s KFC, right? It’s cheaper food. It tastes better. The one thing about this, an analogy where it breaks down is it’s not healthy. I think people get the analogy, right? Like when you get out of your money, out of that retirement fund stuff out of the mutual fund stuff, now you can go invest in actually good investments or people aren’t robbing you blind with all fees and stuff like that.

So you’re going from a retail investment. So non retail, it’s like people that buy stuff at sex. It was like, I got a shirt there for 34 bucks. Cause I had a gift certificate, but I can get that same shirt elsewhere on Amazon for five bucks. It’s crazy why anybody shops there, but that’s how most people invest and that’s how a lot of people shop.

But now we’re talking about all right, so you can invest the money through a self-directed retirement system. So yeah, you could still keep it in the qualified retirement plan, retirement money. But invest in things outside the garbage cafeteria investments, such as real estate. But one thing I help clients is that every situation is different.

So a retirement plan typically is not the way to go. Because when you start investing in larger deals, you can get the tax benefits of passive activity losses. You can’t use the passive activity losses to offset your passive income or your passive or your ordinary. Which is a big strategy for the high net worth high income earners.

So when you’re investing in this retirement plan construct, for a lot of those guys, the best plan is to get it out of there and invest cash. So you can take advantage of the tax benefits of. Right on. Yeah. Yeah. Thanks for sharing that. And back to your analogy, I just want to add, where the marketing dollars are, that’s where most people will be.

Okay. So like the fidelity, the Vanguards, they have the biggest marketing budgets. And so that’s where most people invest. If you take, for example, in the grocery store, But the biggest food companies have the largest marketing budgets. So that’s where most people will shop. It doesn’t mean it’s the best food for you, or it’s the best investment product for you.

It’s just where those companies have invested. So once you get out of that realm and you can see the horizon, the, all your options as they are, then you start to realize like what a lie you’ve been sold on, this whole time. So it’s pretty, I don’t. Marketing kind of makes it where it’s like really this whole investing thing is really complicated, right?

To scare the crap out of you. And I tell people, investing is not that hard, especially when it’s real estate, right? Where are you investing in a commodity, such as a house that people rent it simple, passive cash flow, but like these brokerages and all the investing dogma make tries, they try and make this stuff really complicated.

And investing in stocks is complicated. My opinion, which is why you don’t. And th and I think that’s where a lot of people get intimidated, right? They’re like, oh, I don’t understand math or understand the stock stuff. So I’m just going to give it to the guy in the suit that seems to know what the heck he’s doing.

And that’s exactly what they want. So I think my message is like, Hey guys, I think that’s complicated, right? Don’t get bamboozled into thinking. You need to go with these seemingly smart people. Like your financial planner just gets paid off. I haven’t found one financial planner that actually has made their wealth outside of selling.

People are salesmen. Actually I have, and they invest in real estate, hit backdoor. Yeah, I once heard that the average salary for a financial planner is 70 or 80,000, but yet we’re putting all of our eggs in one basket for them to teach us how to get rich. And it just doesn’t make sense.

So definitely you have to follow who you are. You have to watch who you are, following who you’re getting your advice from. And if you’re getting advice from somebody who is making money off you via commissions, that’s probably a bad sign. And that’s what we see a lot in the wall street in those wall street products.

So that’s why we caution you. Okay. 100%, you only take financial advice to people who are not financially free. Unfortunately, this is not your parents. This is not your coworkers, especially the coworker that’s been there for 32 years. You don’t want to take that financial advice from that sucker.

He’s been stuck there. And sometimes this can carry you forward to CPAs lawyers, right? Bobby should have said the whole disclaimer, or we’re not CPAs are not lawyers, but look, I’ve left my day job during this stuff and figured this stuff out. A lot of CPS and a lot of lawyers, they fit.

They’re still stuck in the day job. They’re still working trading time for them. There’s very few financial professionals that have actually done so. Yeah, totally. And CPAs, they know the tax rules, but then they keep earning money the wrong way. And that is heavily taxed. The lawyers know the legal rules, but then they don’t, take advantage of them or implement them.

So it’s You have to really be humble and maybe not come from that type of background to achieve wealth. Because if you know the tax rules up and down, or the law up and down, sometimes you just take it for granted and you don’t use it to get wealthy. Definitely agree with that.

Let’s get to the final point of this, the final counterintuitive way that the rich get wealthy. I want to talk about taxes. So you’re saying that generally speaking, the rich don’t pay taxes. I assume they may pay some taxes, but they don’t pay as high of a percentage in taxes as, for example, an employee or a self-employed person.

Why is that? And how do they do that? Yeah. They’re investing in real estate as the primary weapon to lower their taxes. So real estate is cool because it’s the one asset class out there that you can deduct the price of the improvement over, if you have a rental property at 27 years, so you can take that paper loss or a Phantom loss off of your passive.

Which is cool when you put this on steroids in larger deals that can do a cost segregation which kind of itemizes all the pieces of the building. At the end of it, you can deduct a third of the building value in the first year, right? Which now gives investors a huge amount of passive losses to now play different levers on their taxes.

Passive losses can be used to offset passive. Often, that more than offsets the income for that year, but also can create a surplus, a loss, which is a good thing. Now we’ve worked with clients to, like a lot of people will, we might implement, you’ll see professional status, which has a lot of things, moving parts with them. We’re not going to get into it, but now you can possibly unlock the passive losses to lower your ordinary. And that’s just one strategy, right? And there’s different types of deals you can go in, basically you’re going and you’re following the incentives that the IRS has put into the tax code.

The government wants us to invest our money and put our money in certain places. It’s our job. And with the help of our professionals to figure what those are, and also the best practices from our community or mastermind. Like this is what the wealthy do, they figure out what these things that the IRS wants us to invest in, put our money there and we can drive our adjusted gross income down or get different tax credits. People want to go and look at my taxes. They can go to simple passive cashflow.com/tax and see how much I’ve been paying the last several years every year. Some people will think that’s messed up, right?

To me, I’m just doing what the government wants me to do and you know what, and I’m the one putting my money into a lot of these apartment deals for workforce housing. This is what the government wants, right? We have no government housing for this type of stuff. They want investors such as myself to put money into this stuff.

And therefore I get great tax benefits from it. Whereas if you’re somebody who just puts your money into stocks, mutual funds, you’re going to have to pay taxes on that because you’re not investing with how the government wants you to do it. Everybody needs to pull their weight. If you don’t give, not putting your money in the right stuff that they want you to do, then you got to pay taxes, bro.

And unfortunately it’s the people, the hiking comparators that are getting killed by this stuff. It’s not the wealthy, it’s not the low, the lower end. It’s the shrinking middle-class. So they’re going to be killed with this stuff because they’re not following the breadcrumbs. Yeah. It’s surprising that more people don’t talk about taxes and they.

They get their tax return and they pay what it says on it. And they don’t really think about how to lower that because it’s just become so big a part of our life. And, if you think about a hundred years ago, there wasn’t even an income tax a little over a hundred years ago. So now we’ve allowed the government to step in and encroach so much.

But for wise investors like you who know how to not cheat the system, legally take advantage of it then. You’re just going to be in the top five, three, 5% of people that pay little to no tax relative to their income. So it’s very powerful. If you can save 40%, which is, some people pay 40% taxes.

If you can save that, then that’s just more, you can circulate back into investment. So you just. Yeah, and this is like going out to the higher income earners and the higher net worth people, had a case where, a doctor wanted to like, they make pretty high salaries, like $600,000 AGI.

And by doing a few maneuvers, real estate professional status coming into some deals with larger bonus losses, we were able to lower them from 600 grand down to 400. I’m just saying, using these round numbers. And that affects them, saves them a hundred grand yet they’re wasting their time trying to learn some kind of short-term rental strategy where the best they could make $5,000, $10,000 a year.

And this is, I think, where people like they get confused. Because they see all these investing strategies. But they don’t really understand the high level. What’s really going to move the needle? What’s the 80 20 here? So for higher income owners, it’s more for. If the, exactly how you said if we could just move on from 600 grand to 400 grand, we just sheltered, we just saved maybe a hundred thousand dollars of taxes right there.

Who cares if they would’ve had 10 rental properties or 20 rental properties, in fact, right? Like it’s more kind of what moves the needle in terms of dollars and what your debt at the end of the year. And this is how the game transitions from a lower net worth investor to a higher net worth investor beyond.

Yeah. And I know you focus a lot towards you’re working highly paid professionals. There’s certain things that people need to focus on in different parts of their career. For example, if you make 50,000 a year, try to get that up. Obviously if you’re making 600,000 a year, you need to focus on getting that up, but also focusing on getting your tax down.

So there’s different goals that you need to take stock of as an individual. But I think the highest. Priority, you would probably agree. This economic independence is getting your rate of return really high and getting your net worth to that million plus mark to where you can really start to make massive moves.

Like things really start to move. And these strategies really start to make sense once your net worth goes over half a million. If you’re under there, do what I did. When I graduated college, I didn’t have one. I didn’t have very much money. And I had to just buy rental properties.

So from 2009 to 2015, I was just picking up these trenches on boats, myself. Yeah. So again, we’re talking about different advice for different wrongs, right? So to me like the split is anywhere from under half a million dollars to over half a million dollars now. If you’re over a half, a million dollars net worth, like you said, a lot more of it is taxes.

Of course, you still have to invest in the right assets. But when you’re below that, that’s where I was between 2009 to 2015. I had a good paying job, but I didn’t have any net worth at the time. So what did I do? I just picked up rentals, diligently and saved my money. I was able to accelerate through this pretty quickly because I was able to save anywhere from 50 to $80,000 for my day. I was an extreme saver, this is where I just picked up assets. And one turns around though after the next. And I think a lot of people don’t realize that wealth building isn’t a get rich quick thing. From 2009 to 2015, that was a long freaking time.

And, people expect to just go to the big stuff and skip over that. The crazy thing about this, like real estate investing and wealth building is it goes exponential. But yeah, you got to put in the effort in the beginning and a lot of it is just building your network up slowly.

And then at some point it takes. Yeah, it’s that compound effect, certainly. For example, you read books like the slight edge or the compound effect, and they talk about how, get up a little bit earlier one day or go to the gym one day or read 10 pages of a nonfiction book. You’re not going to see the impact of that.

Day, month, even year, but you are going to see that impact in five to seven to 10 years, like you saw in your financial life, right? In the beginning, this is all new to you, right? You don’t, you definitely don’t trust it. So you go buy a rental property. But after that, you’ve got to get another fine.

All your other lazy equity is, and that could be in your primary residence. So take a heat lock, get a cash flow refinance, deploy the funds for. Did money in your retirement funds, put that to good work or just, you’re just sitting on cash. Once you’ve got proof of concept to me, that’s where you got to invest more heavily and get more involved.

Because a classic example is like a guy invests $150,000 and he’s like, why am I not doing financial freedom? Do you need to invest more? This is not magic, right? It’s just a certain rate of return times how much money you invest. The rate of return doesn’t go up and down very much, unless you want to take a lot of risk, which I don’t recommend.

Therefore you just have to invest more and if you don’t have the money, then you have to save more and just take more time. But at some point you gotta start like in your mind, I be like pulling the goalie, or taking money out of the 401k. Yeah, absolutely. There’s hope for those people who have bought into the traditional beliefs of buying your home to invest in wall street products because you can always get those out through a self-directed IRA, simply cashing out your retirement account, doing a heloc on the personal residence.

The world’s financial, world’s pretty forgiving in that you can tap into these lazy equity items that you mentioned. That’s a great term for it. Lazy equity and turn it into high producing equity for you. Yeah there’s sorts of things that are reversible, that I would recommend for new people that are faint of heart.

The heloc or taking loans for your 401k or taking withdrawals from your Roth, IRA, your contribution. So you can take out tax-free because you’ve already paid your taxes and you can take that penalty fruit. So do that first, but once you’ve got proof of concept, now you need to start to look at the marquee of reversible things.

Like maybe you have a rental property, maybe you have a primary residence that you should unload, or maybe you just want to keep living there. So you do a cash out refinance. How much refinances you pay fees for, but it probably will make sense to strip out the equity and now invest it elsewhere.

Other irreversible things include taking money out of your 401k or retirement, but you can’t really put it back. You can, but only at a certain pace. And I don’t know why you want to put any more money into it once you’re taking it out. To me, it makes no sense. But you know that those are the two wrongs.

If this is all new to you, focus on the reversible. And then once you’ve got proof of concept, now you have to go all in on this stuff. Yeah. And that’s a great way to wrap it up here, but first before we let you go lane I want to introduce the last portion of our show, which is the triple threat.

And it’s the same three questions I ask each guest. So the first one is what has been the app or resource that has been the biggest game changer for your business? I like to go to docs. I dunno, Gmail. It’s just nothing special I use, yeah. Those are great tools for sure. I use them every day.

The second question is what has been the biggest lesson for you in the last year and why do you think that happened? I guess, like going to the pandemic, we showed how multifamily apartments survive this stuff. It’s a basic necessity. And it I didn’t, I was a little worried in April, may of 2020, how all this stuff would happen. I’ve ever been through it and done it before. And I was worried how collections would go, but collections came pretty well and occupancy did drop maybe a few percent points, at the end of the day, we still had cash flow.

If we keep, more than 50, 60% of the people have heads and beds, so work rules. No, I’m probably even more confident in the strategy of going after workforce housing, because, at the end of the day, people need a place to live. Population is going up, immigration is up and, it’s the shrinking middle-class or falling back to lower middle-class into these more value based upon housing options.

It’s what’s more in demand. Yeah, sure. There’s more cool ways to make money and like hotels or hospitality type of stuff. But I think we’re all reminded why that stuff is more discretionary spending and it gets killed in situations like this. Yeah. So absolutely you went through COVID, but you just have to trust in your assets, trust in your underwriting and carry through that will carry you through the storm for sure.

Question number three is our podcast is all about helping others achieve freedom with real estate investing, whether that’s financial lifestyle or otherwise. So what does freedom mean to you? Freedom is to do what you want, where you want with me. Why? I think something I’ve learned is when there’s kind of two people going through life and most people are the people who are trading their time for money.

They go to work every day. And everything is when they go home, they’re resting, recovering, going back to work, treating their time. Once again, until you’ve reached that point of real retirement. Many people retire, but they don’t have enough money at that point.

They’re just eating off their pile of cash. But people who’ve achieved that escape velocity, that critical mass to have enough money that regenerates and grows, whether they do anything or not, those people have truly gotten to that cog scenario. And for people finally, lucky enough to get to that point before the age of normal retirement age, those people get to a point in life that not many people get where they get the options to design their lifestyle and figure out what impact they want to make in the world if that’s what they so choose. To me in your life, really doesn’t start a show. You can like not having to go to a day job every day.

That’s definitely true for me. Your life doesn’t really begin until you have ultimate choice over what you do with your time. I don’t know if a lot of people would agree with that. Maybe you would like your job or otherwise, but I think it’s definitely something that we should all strive for and it should be in the back of our mind at all times too.

Because that’s how we’re going to achieve our higher purpose. Our higher calling is when we have choices, we can over time. Nowadays I understand why old people are grumpy, but they don’t have to put up with all this type of nonsense. People who are financially free, they can say no.

And they do say a lot of things that they don’t want to do. And that doesn’t really meet their calling and is not aligned with their values. And great things happen when you can say no most of the time. That’s a good way to end it. This has been a great episode on the counterintuitive ways that the rich get that way. I have appreciated your time and your expertise Lane, and I hope the listeners got a lot out of this episode. Where can people learn more about you if they are interested? I know that. That you mentioned a website simplepassivecashflow.com I believe. Yeah. They can check out my podcast: simple, passive cash flow passive real estate investing. In the beginning, I would talk a lot about rental real estate. But as I became an accredited investor, the topics of kind of change to syndications taxes, that type of stuff, infinite banking, or they can check on my website, simplepassivecashflow.com. Thanks again and hope you have the rest of a good day and hopefully your kid doesn’t give you too much trouble. Thanks Lane.

Is Stock Investing Still Worth It, TODAY?

What’s up folks! And we are gonna be talking about all the latest stuff that’s been happening this week. We haven’t noticed your guys’ stocks took a crap on me under, under hand, and a lot of wealthy people who don’t invest in that Kaeni old stock market thing. Don’t care. I mean, I kind of look at it day to day and I kind of just wanna stay informed.

So I don’t look like, you know, the rich uncle who just doesn’t know what the Dow is doing. But I’ll be honest. I frankly don’t care very much because all my money is in hard real estate or small businesses. I don’t care what’s happening with the stock market, partly because I don’t believe in it. It’s all this made up money and what’s been happening is, you know, since the pandemic, all, all this fake money got pumped into the system through a thing called quantitative easing and now quantitative tightening the opposite of is happening. Where there’s all this inflation going on and the Fed and the politicians in Congress need to find a way to cool it down. So what do they do? They start to raise the interest rates, which should cool down the inflation.

So let’s recap, right? What’s been happening over the last several months. What’s supposedly the thing? That’s keeping people up at night, you’ve got the Ukraine war, a terrible thing that’s happening, but that is bringing the gas prices up. And that’s one thing now I honestly don’t really feel like, yeah, sure.

Lots of people are paying double the amount in terms of gas, but really how much is that part of people’s personal spending budget? Is that really gonna happen? People from taking their family vacations because their gas tank costs an extra 50 bucks one way in coming back. I don’t think so. Uh, next thing is the supply chain, which I think is a little bit of a hoax, right?

It’s just kind of one of those things where it’s slowed down in China and has lowered the speed to things we expect. Like tomorrow is not taking a few weeks and this kind of range from microchips all the way to furniture, to bigger goods to manufacture other products. Such as real estate, but here’s the big question.

And I think this has been looming around us, are we in a recession, is a recession coming. Now, when I talk to most unsophisticated investors out there, they are always, always thinking the recession is coming tomorrow. Maybe I will, if that’s the case, I’m going to just sit with my money and not do anything, which is to me a.

Right. Sophisticated investors know that you have to be in the game somehow, especially today, right? Where inflation is 9%. If you don’t do anything, your money will be losing 9% of its buying power every year. In other words, if you don’t do anything, you will lose 9% of your money every year. So just sitting on your cash, which means having the equity, sitting in your house as home.

Or just in some kind of bond or even some lower stocks or even some growth stocks. To me, it’s untapped lazy equity that should be put into cash flowing assets. Ideally, that’s doing value. Add where you can increase the value of the property to not just rely on market appreciation, but grab your own fate in your own hand and do some force appreciation there.

We talk about other, uh, videos on this topic, check it out. You know, we talk a lot about value, add real estate. But today I am mainly talking about the economy. So we’ll get back to that. No one thing I wanted to mention about inflation it’s right around 9%. Let’s just go with that. It ranges and there’s some people out there saying that it may be even 10 to 15% plus because the government is sort of sandbagging that number to make themselves look better.

Now, normally inflation is paid around two to three. so we could probably argue that from baseline it’s around a plus 6% at this point. Now, I’m gonna introduce this idea of relativity, right? So if we’re kind of a plus 6% from normal baseline, where, where are we at in terms of housing prices? Well, housing prices are known to go up plus 3% more in nicer areas, low cap markets, like Seattle, California, Hawaii, New York, and a little slower in the boring flyover states, such as Birmingham, Atlanta, and Annapolis, places like that.

Now let’s just for simplistic purposes. Let’s just call it 3% and 3% mimics again, what inflation should be. So this is why I’m not a big fan of buying a house to live in and calling it your investment. Cuz all it is doing is going up with the pace of inflation in this case is we’re calling it 3%.

Now the prices have gone up quite a bit since then. You know, you one could argue that it’s probably going up maybe 6% every year, maybe even seven, but let’s just go with six for this purpose from baseline, which is 3%, 6% is a plus 3% increase. But where inflation is at, inflation is going a lot higher than where the housing prices are at now.

One might be able to take the idea that. You know, the housing market is lagging inflation, and we could be in a recessionary environment at this point now, except inflation is just bringing all this money in and rising all tides. And it’s all relative, right? If the inflation is 9% and the housing prices are lagging just behind there at 6%, the housing prices are kind of weak and in a way, again, Could be in a recession at this point already.

Now you’re gonna hear a lot of this type of talk in YouTube and news articles. It’s very different from the stuff I’ve been hearing from different, real economic reports out there where they actually look at the job support. And right now jobs and underemployment are doing pretty well right now.

Relatively speaking. So, what is the Fed doing? The Fed is kind of mandated to keep inflation under control as one of their main things. And that is their main focus at this point. Now with unemployment doing pretty well and, you know, the job market doing pretty well. That’s their main focus is inflation. And again, how are they doing?

What are they doing to cool this off, but increase the interest rates. Now one thing to look at whether we go into a recession or not, or whether we’re in a recession already, but this concept of, you know, things kind of move up and down, up and down, it’s a natural thing. And when you, this is why we tell people to invest in real estate that has cash flows or things that have cash flow because you ride these ways and it’s always a good time to be buying.

And you don’t need to worry about timing the market, but because you can’t, you should be always buying things that make sense and cash. On a routine basis. Ideally monthly. Now the big question, are we coming into a hard landing recession or a soft landing recession? We know we’re kind of in a bear market at this point.

Maybe call it another week or two of these hard minus 300, 400 point days in the Dow of more red and blood in the streets. And it’ll be official more than likely, but don’t forget a real recession is known as two quarters of negative GDP. And I don’t think we’re gonna see anything dip below 0%. Right. I, what we’ve been seeing, especially in 2001 after the pandemic was great GDP growth, but what we’re going to be seeing is slowing growth, but it’s still growing.

And that’s the point I kind of wanna reiterate to everybody. but nevertheless, a lot of money is coming out of the stocks right now, as it was so freely going in when they were creating all this fake money. And this is why I’m not a big fan of the stock market. Get your money out of this system where money flows in and out arbitrarily.

And not really based on whether you’re making a sound investment or not, take your own fake in your own hands, buy real estate or start your own business or investment businesses that are actually based on either the net operating income or the ABI. How much income to the losses equates to how much profit something is making, as opposed to some random number based on somebody’s assessment of how a company should be doing now, why is the fed increase in the interest rates?

Well, my theory, and I think a lot of people will also agree with this, is that they are trying to pay for all these government programs that are coming in. I mean, how is she gonna pay for all these monkeypox vaccinations, but print, continue to print money. But at some point you’re gonna run inflation wild and that’s not good for politics, right.

People will start to blame it on the politicians and the fed eventually. And that’s not what they want to do, but it’s a tricky thing. Yes. They controlled inflation. Bring it back to two to 3%, which I think will take maybe about three to four years for them to really reign things down. Especially if they’re doing, you know, half a 0.3 quarter 0.1 quarter point.

Um, changes every so often, it’s gonna take a while to reign this inflation back in. But one thing that they are looking at real closely is the jobs numbers. If the jobs unemployment goal starts to uptick and gets above kind of where we’re at, or we’re traditionally hovering at, then that’s a point where they need to lay off of that quantitative tightening.

And they need to reign back how aggressively they’re increasing the interest rates. First thing, what we’ve done, we’ve traded some of the assets that we’re currently in contract to buy. We’re currently in a little bit of a fire’s market within a seller’s market that didn’t make any sense to you.

Basically, we were in an up trending market where it’s a seller’s market. It’s, um, hard to buy. It’s uh, you know, things are more and more expensive, but what happened there, you know, about a month ago when the interest rates really started to take off was a lot of these bigger institutional players pulled back from the market.

And these institutional players, especially in the commercial market world, really move markets. And if you guys trade stocks, you know, you little Robin hood people out there, the only time where the little players really, you know, moved the market was that whole game stop fiasco. But typically the institutional players are just moving so much volume that they influenced the market very heavily and, and greatly.

So what happened was a lot of these people buying these large apartments with these commercials. We pulled out these institutional professional investors buying these huge, huge properties. And what this did was create a little bit of VA vacuum. So if you were a smaller, medium size operator buying a hundred to 400 unit deals, there was a bit of a vacuum created and thus.

A little buyer’s market within the seller’s market. In general, me personally, I still was a little apprehensive and I just kind of want to watch things move out and we’ve been pretty active lately, so I wasn’t really involved, but I’m just kind of seeing this, um, sort of, so in there I’m still looking at deals, but you know, one particular property we ask for a bit of a trade, uh, to retrade it, which means the ask for a lower price.

So that’s another idea for you guys to work on. You gotta be careful sometimes because you can lose some faith when you start to re trade. But you know, that’s based on what’s happening out there in the market right now. And, you know, come right now. It’s about July, maybe not the case come past mid-July or right now it’s about June, probably not the case when we come to mid-July.

The other thing, refinance your assets. You might be kicking yourself saying that I could have refinanced at 3%. Now it’s 6% and that door is closed. Don’t worry. I would say, just make sure you’re refinancing. Get that liquidity out. Don’t be an unsophisticated investor, really think about the difference between that 3% that you’re staying there.

Interest rates are more than likely to go up, but more importantly, pull the liquidity out now and hold it. I think that’s a thing that a lot of investors don’t really think about. Anytime when things went wrong, it was because of a couple of things. First, the asset didn’t have cash flow. If you have cash flow, you can write out a recession.

And secondly, even if your cash flows, and even if your cash flow went a little bit negative, which is usually caused because you have to lower your rents to pay your debt service, maybe you’re going in. Not really that great of a deal that isn’t casual, very strong. But at this point you’re gonna need cash reserves to feed that beast.

And that cash reserves is the important thing that you can last this out, you know? So if you have an adequate cash flow property, you know, you own a little rental property that rents for a thousand dollars a month, then your mortgage is 300, $400,000 and you can pay your expenses after that. I think you’re.

But if you’re sitting right now with, after all 50% expense ratio expenses, you’re only cashing, maybe 50 bucks per door. I think you might be in a little bit of trouble. Should you have to drop your rents maybe 10 or 20%. Now, if you’re buying apartments now the different story, as opposed to rent, it’s more occupancy.

Right? Right now you might be 95% occupied, but maybe you might be good to do a little bit of sensitivity analysis in. You have to keep your rents a little bit right where it’s at or lower, but maybe your occupancy drops to 85, 80%. You guys run your numbers out there and kind of stress test it and use that stress test to really think, well, how much liquidity should I have?

Maybe I should have 50, a hundred thousand dollars lying around, which ideally you’d want to put into your infinite banking account. And just have it seasoned there and wait for this rainy day. But the point is, if you don’t have that money, pull it out via refinance. Don’t use a Helo because the helos can be pulled at any point.

And it probably will be pulled if there’s any kind of tumultuous times in the future. Speaking of tumultuous times, if you’re in crypto, be ready for that crypto winter coming. I had a few thousand dollars in block five. I pulled that a lot of people that I follow have been kind of Twittering this and Twittering that the co-founder of this is, you know, all these employees got like, um, fired from these companies.

I don’t know, I’m not a crypto guy, but I know enough to know which people who I trust within my inner circle to. I’m gonna pull what little money I have out of those things. And if I was in crypto, I would be kind of worried at this point and I’d be pulling it and trying to get into real hard assets.

That’s the thing I’ve been saying all along. I don’t know why people go to all these random fringy websites and defi markets probably cuz they think it’s cool and it’s. And they chase, you know, different staking yields for 12, 20%, but it’s times like this and when there’s uncertainty that it was just better off to go into real estate.

And yeah, sure. You’re making half of that. But again, when you’re investing in real estate, a lot of your gains are tax free. You can use the pass loft to offset that where you have to make maybe triple or quadruple that in the crypto to at the end of the day, keep the same thing. But those of you guys don’t do crypto and don’t do real estate.

Well, at the very least, if you’re that old 401k guy, um, and we’ll be doing videos and these, these guys in the future for you guys out there with, you know, a lot of you guys are the. You guys were told to invest in your 401k and get the company match. But now you’re in all these kinds of growth stocks. I’d be getting out of that stuff because those are the stuff that gets killed in these times when the money and the tide is going out of the stock market.

And because again, it was pumped up artificially during the pandemic, I’ll be going into value stocks, commodities, and the commodities that I’m talking about that I personally like. Real estate and real estate that covers the lower middle class workforce housing, not the really cool, sexy stuff, not the really low end stuff, because it’s hard to manage, but the nice B and C class assets in the middle that cater towards the most majority of America.

And it’s tough times. Come ahead. You know, the people living in the nice houses or the nice apartments, they’re gonna move to more of these workforce styles, housing or values. Or houses. And this is where as an investor, you want to catch these people as they fall, nothing happens well, you’re in real estate that will go up with the pace of inflation and you’re covered that way too.

So it’s kind of like heads, eye, win, tails, eye win, kind of a situation that you’re creating for yourself. But you know, if you’re in the stock market, to me, I think you’re gonna get killed. And it’s not really based on anything real, as I said before, but at the end of the day, you know, again, invest for cash flows.

So you can outright recession. Keep some cash at hand and do your sensitivity analysis on all your investments. You know, maybe 50, a hundred grand would be good for most people with a million, $2 million net worth and good luck out there. Don’t worry about it. You know, what are they always, what does your financial planner always tell you when you see a lot of red?

Well, don’t worry. You’re in it for the long haul. No, I think that’s a bunch of BS, but you. Just don’t make any irrational decisions. Think about this folks, find other people doing what you want to do. And I don’t know. I mean, maybe I’m a great example. I don’t care what happens in the stock market, because my money is in solid things, backed by a hard asset.

And that asset that I like to go into serves a common need that serves the lower middle class, the majority of America. It’s good for the economy. It’s good. Because people need it. It’s a good service. That’s not gonna be going around. And that’s just what I choose and helps you with your taxes. But we got a lot of other videos on that. If you guys have any questions, especially as the things come up and move as interest rates tick up even more drop any comments below we’ll try and get to it.